-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Ofh+mVK4dj4TL/l45egbr0nQ0/c2QEpM5Dh1MAw0Tv6F/YAyzNZPJ6ClDHtkSYKR DDME3iI/q6pP23Uw0cRoNA== 0000950134-05-004498.txt : 20050309 0000950134-05-004498.hdr.sgml : 20050309 20050309153044 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-05-004498 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 17 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20041231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050309 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050309 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: TRINITY INDUSTRIES INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000099780 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: RAILROAD EQUIPMENT [3743] IRS NUMBER: 750225040 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-06903 FILM NUMBER: 05669314 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2525 STEMMONS FREEWAY CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75207-2401 BUSINESS PHONE: 214-631-4420 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: TRINITY STEEL CO INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19720407 10-K 1 d22977e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
 
OR
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 1-6903
Trinity Industries, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
  75-0225040
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas
  75207-2401
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (214) 631-4420
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
     
    Name of each exchange
Title of each class   on which registered
     
Common Stock ($1.00 par value)
 
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Rights To Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Securities registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
      Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ          No o
      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ
      Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes þ          No o
      The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2004) was $1,190,285,980.
      At January 31, 2005 the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 47,808,905.
      The information required by Part III of this report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005.
 
 


TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
    Caption   Page
         
 PART I
   Business     1  
   Properties     8  
   Legal Proceedings     8  
   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     9  
 PART II
   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     10  
   Selected Financial Data     11  
   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     12  
   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     30  
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     32  
   Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     64  
   Controls and Procedures     64  
   Other Information     65  
 PART III
   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     66  
   Executive Compensation     66  
   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management     66  
   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     67  
   Principal Accounting Fees and Services     67  
 PART IV
   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule     68  
 Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Option Agreement
 Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement
 Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement
 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
 Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release
 Retirement Transition Agreement - Jim S. Ivy
 Retirement Transition Agreement - John L. Adams
 Perquisite Plan
 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 Listing of Subsidiaries
 Certification of CEO
 Certification of CFO
 Certification Pursuant to Section 906
 Certification Pursuant to Section 906

i


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business.
      General Development of Business. Trinity Industries, Inc. (“we”, “Trinity” or “the Company”) was incorporated in 1933 and is one of the nation’s leading diversified industrial companies providing a variety of products and services for the transportation, industrial, construction, and energy sectors of the marketplace.
      In September 2001, we changed our year-end from March 31 to December 31. Unless stated otherwise, all references to fiscal year 2001 shall mean the full fiscal year ended March 31, 2001. The nine months ended December 31, 2001 covers the period from April 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001.
      Trinity became a Delaware Corporation in 1987. Our principal executive offices are located at 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401, our telephone number is 214-631-4420 and our Internet website address is www.trin.net.
      Financial Information About Industry Segments. Financial information about our industry segments for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is presented in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 12 through 30.
      Narrative Description of Business. We are engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of railcars, inland barges, concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in highway construction, weld pipe fittings and tank containers. In addition, we lease railcars to our customers through a captive leasing business, Trinity Industries Leasing Company.
      We serve our customers through five business groups:
      Rail Group. Our Rail Group is the leading freight railcar manufacturer in North America and one of the leading freight railcar manufacturers in Europe. We provide a full complement of railcars used for transporting a wide variety of liquids, gases and dry cargo. Our Rail Group consists of two primary business units: Trinity Rail Group North America and Trinity Rail GmbH, our European railcar manufacturing business.
      Trinity Rail Group North America provides a complete array of railcar solutions for our customers. We manufacture a full line of railcars, including:
•  Tank Cars — Tank cars transport products such as liquefied petroleum gas, liquid fertilizer, ethanol, vegetable oil and corn syrup.
 
•  Auto Carrier Cars — Auto carrier cars transport automobiles and sport utility vehicles.
 
•  Hopper Cars — Covered hopper cars carry cargo such as grain, dry fertilizer, plastic pellets and cement. Open-top hoppers are most often used to haul coal.
 
•  Box Cars — Box cars transport products such as food products, auto parts, wood products and paper.
 
•  Intermodal Cars — Intermodal cars transport intermodal containers and trailers, which are generally interchangeable among railcar, truck and ship, thus making it possible to move cargo without repeated loading and unloading.
 
•  Gondola Cars — Rotary gondolas are used for coal service. Top-loading gondola cars transport a variety of other heavy bulk commodities such as scrap metals and steel products.
 
•  Specialty Cars — Specialty cars are designed to address the special needs of a particular industry or customer, such as waste hauling gondolas, side dump cars, and pressure differential cars used to haul fine grain food products such as sugar and flour.
      We produce the widest range of railcars in the industry, which allows us to take advantage of changing industry trends and developing market opportunities. We also provide a variety of railcar components for the North American market from plants in the U.S. and Mexico. We manufacture and sell railcar parts used in manufacturing and repairing railcars, such as auto carrier doors and accessories, discharge gates, yokes, couplers, axles, and hitches. We also have two repair and coating facilities located in Texas
      Our customers include railroads, leasing companies, and shippers, such as utilities, petrochemical companies, grain shippers, and major construction and industrial companies. We compete against five

1


Table of Contents

major railcar manufacturers in the North American market.
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, we shipped approximately 15,100 railcars in North America, or approximately 32% of total North American shipments. Our North American order backlog as of December 31, 2004 was approximately 19,400 railcars, or approximately 33% of the total North American backlog as estimated by the Railway Supply Institute, Inc.
      Trinity Rail GmbH is one of the leading freight railcar manufacturers in Europe with its primary operation located in Romania. We entered the European railcar manufacturing business in 1999 with our acquisition of a large government-owned Romanian railcar manufacturer. Immediately after the acquisition, we initiated a multi-step program designed to substantially upgrade and improve the infrastructure of the facility. In addition, we installed new state-of-the-art railcar manufacturing tooling and equipment and began transferring our best practices. Following our merger with Thrall, which also had European facilities, we initiated a consolidation program and continued the transfer of best practices from the combined companies. In Europe, we compete against a number of manufacturers in various countries. For the year ended December 31, 2004, Trinity Rail GmbH shipped approximately 2,300 units. In the European market, there is no formal collection of information pertaining to railcar shipments. However, we believe our current European market share is approximately 30-35%. Our European backlog as of December 31, 2004 was approximately 1,300 railcars.
      We hold patents of varying duration for use in our manufacture of railcar and component products. We believe patents offer a marketing advantage in certain circumstances. No material revenues are received from licensing of these patents.
      Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Through our wholly owned subsidiaries, primarily Trinity Industries Leasing Company (“TILC”), we lease both tank cars and freight cars. Our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group (“Leasing Group”) is a premier provider of leasing and management services and is an important strategic resource that uniquely links our Rail Group with our customers. The Leasing Group provides us with revenue and cash flow diversification. Trinity Rail Group North America and Trinity Industries Leasing Company coordinate sales and marketing activities under the trade name Trinity Rail, thereby providing a single point of contact for railroads and shippers seeking solutions to their rail equipment and services needs.
      Our railcars are leased to industrial companies in the petroleum, chemical, agricultural, energy, and other industries that supply their own railcars to the railroads. Substantially all of our owned railcars are purchased from and manufactured by our Rail Group at prices comparable to the prices for railcars sold by our Rail Group to third parties. The terms of our railcar leases generally vary from one to twenty years and provide for fixed monthly rentals, with an additional mileage charge when usage exceeds a specified maximum. We do have a small percentage of our fleet leased on a per diem basis.
      In addition, we manage railcar fleets on behalf of independent third parties. We believe our railcar fleet management services complement our leasing business by generating stable fee income, strengthening customer relationships, and enhancing the view of Trinity as a leading provider of railcar products and services. As of December 31, 2004, our lease fleet included approximately 20,300 owned or leased railcars that were 99.0% utilized. Additionally, we manage approximately 66,000 additional railcars on behalf of independent third parties.
      The leasing business in which we are engaged is very competitive and there are a number of well-established entities that actively compete with us in the business of owning and leasing railcars.
      Construction Products Group. Our Construction Products Group manufactures concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in highway bridge construction and weld pipe fittings. Many of these lines of business are seasonal and revenues are subject to weather conditions.
      We are a leader in the supply of ready mix concrete in rural regions and smaller cities located throughout Texas. Our customers for concrete include contractors and subcontractors in the construction and foundation industry who are located near our plant locations. We also distribute construction aggregates, such as crushed stone, sand and gravel, asphalt rock and recycled concrete in several larger Texas cities. Our customers for

2


Table of Contents

aggregates are mostly other concrete manufacturers, paving contractors and other consumers of aggregates. We compete with ready mix concrete producers and aggregate producers located in the regions where we operate.
      In highway safety products we are the only full line producer of guardrails, crash cushions and other protective barriers that absorb and dissipate the force of impact in collisions between vehicles and fixed roadside objects. We believe we are the largest highway guardrail manufacturer in the United States, based on revenues, with a comprehensive nationwide guardrail supply network. Our predominantly galvanized steel product lines use the principles of momentum transfer and kinetic energy absorption to decelerate errant vehicles. The Federal Highway Administration determines which products are eligible for federal funds for highway projects and has approved most of our products as acceptable permanent and construction zone highway hardware according to requirements of the National Cooperation Highway Research Program.
      Our crash cushions and other protective barriers include multiple proprietary products manufactured through various product license agreements with certain public and private research organizations and inventors. We hold patents and are a licensee for certain of our guardrail and end-treatment products that enhance our competitive position for these products.
      We sell highway safety products in all 50 U.S. States, Canada, and Mexico. We have also recently started to export our highway safety proprietary products to certain other countries. We compete against several national and regional guardrail producers.
      We manufacture structural steel beams and girders for the construction of new, restored and/or replacement railroad bridges, county, municipal and state highway bridges and power generation plants. We sell bridge construction and support products primarily to owners, general contractors and subcontractors on highway and railroad construction projects. We also manufacture dump bodies. Our competitors primarily include fabricators with facilities located in Texas, Oklahoma, Colorado and Arkansas.
      We manufacture and/or sell weld pipe fittings, such as caps, elbows, return bends, tees, concentric and eccentric reducers and full and reducing outlet tees, which are sold primarily to pipeline, petrochemical, and non-petrochemical process industries. We compete with numerous companies throughout the United States and foreign importers. Competition for fittings has been intense over the last several years.
      Inland Barge Group. We are the largest producer of inland barges in the United States and the largest producer of fiberglass barge covers used primarily on grain barges. In 2004, we shipped a total of approximately 460 barges. We manufacture a variety of dry cargo barges, such as deck barges, and open or covered hopper barges that transport various commodities, such as grain, coal and aggregates. We also produce tank barges used to transport liquid products. Fiberglass reinforced lift covers are primarily for grain and rolling covers are for other bulk commodities. Our six manufacturing facilities are located along the United States inland river system allowing for rapid delivery to our customers.
      Our primary Inland Barge customers are commercial marine transportation companies. Many companies have the capability to enter into, and from time to time do enter into, the inland barge manufacturing business. We strive to compete through efficiency in operations and quality of product.
      Industrial Products Group. We are a leading producer of tank containers and tank heads for pressure vessels. We manufacture tanks in the United States, Mexico and Brazil. We market a portion of our industrial products in Mexico under the brand name of TATSA®.
      We manufacture propane tanks that are used by industrial plants, utilities, small businesses and in suburban and rural areas. We also manufacture fertilizer containers for bulk storage, farm storage and the application and distribution of anhydrous ammonia. Our tanks range from 13-gallon tanks for motor fuel use to 57-gallon tanks for residential use as well as 120,000-gallon bulk storage containers and 600,000-gallon bulk storage spheres. We sell our containers to experienced propane dealers and technicians. In the U.S. we generally deliver the containers to our customers who install and fill the containers. Our competitors include large and small manufacturers.
      We manufacture tank heads, which are pressed metal components used in the manufacturing of

3


Table of Contents

many of our finished products. We manufacture the tank heads in various shapes, and we produce pressure rated or non-pressure rated tank heads, depending on their intended use. We use a significant portion of the tank heads we manufacture in the production of our tank cars and containers. We also sell our tank heads to a broad range of other manufacturers. Competition for tank heads in recent years has been intense and has resulted in sharply reduced prices for these products.
      All Other. All Other includes our captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers, costs associated with non-operating plants and other peripheral businesses.
      Foreign Operations. Trinity’s foreign operations are in Brazil, the Czech Republic, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia, and the United Kingdom. Sales to foreign customers, primarily in Europe and Mexico, represented 10.7%, 12.9% and 16.8% of our consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, we had approximately 10.8%, 10.8%, and 11.5% of our long-lived assets located outside the United States.
      We manufacture railcars, propane tank containers and tank heads at our Mexico facilities for export to the United States. Any material change in the quotas, regulations, or duties on imports imposed by the United States government and its agencies or on exports imposed by the government of Mexico or its agencies could adversely affect our operations in Mexico. Our foreign activities are also subject to various other risks of doing business in foreign countries, including currency fluctuations, political changes, changes in laws and regulations and economic instability. Although our operations have not been materially affected by any of such factors to date, any substantial disruption of business as it is currently conducted could adversely affect our operations at least in the short term.
      Backlog. As of December 31, 2004, our backlog for new railcars was $1,390.3 million and was $99.1 million for Inland Barge products. Included in the railcar backlog are $214.3 million of railcars to be sold to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Substantially our entire backlog is expected to be delivered in the 12 months ending December 31, 2005. The Rail Group has a multi-year sales agreement for 1,000 new railcars per year for 2006 and 2007 which will not be included in the backlog until the type of car and price have been determined.
      As of December 31, 2003, our backlog for new railcars was $909.6 million and was $159.8 million for Inland Barge products. Included in the railcar backlog was $69.1 million of railcars to be sold to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group.
      Marketing. We sell substantially all of our products through our own sales personnel operating from offices in the following states and foreign countries: Arkansas, Arizona, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Washington, Brazil, Canada, Czech Republic, France, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. We also use independent sales representatives to a limited extent. Except in the case of weld fittings, guardrail and standard size propane tank containers, we ordinarily fabricate our products to our customers’ specifications contained in a purchase order.
          Raw Materials and Suppliers.
      Railcar Specialty Components. Products manufactured at our railcar manufacturing facilities require a significant supply of raw materials such as steel as well as numerous specialty components such as brakes, wheels and axles. Specialty components purchased from third parties comprise approximately 50% of the production cost of each railcar. Although the number of alternative suppliers of specialty components has declined in recent years, at least three suppliers continue to produce most components.
      Aggregates. Aggregates can be found throughout the United States, and many producers exist nationwide. However, as a general rule, shipments from an individual quarry are limited in geographic scope because the cost of transporting processed aggregates to customers is high in relation to the value of the product itself. We operate 13 mining facilities strategically located in Texas, Oklahoma, and Louisiana to fulfill some of our needs for aggregates. We have not experienced difficulty fulfilling the rest of our needs from local suppliers.
      Cement. The worldwide demand for cement has increased over the last several years. The supply of cement for the Concrete & Aggregates

4


Table of Contents

business is received primarily from Texas and overseas. The increased demand, coupled with rising transportation costs, has driven the cost of this raw material up over 20% in the last year. Although rising cost continues to impact our business, we have not experienced difficulties supplying concrete to our customers.
      Steel. The principal material used in our Rail, Inland Barge and Industrial Products Groups is steel. During 2004, the prices of steel and other components we purchased increased significantly and have been volatile on a month-to-month basis. Fixed price sales contracts, primarily in our Rail and Inland Barge Groups, did not provide for pass-through of these cost increases to customers and operating margins suffered as a result. At December 31, 2004, approximately 94% of the railcar backlog is either covered by escalation clauses or other arrangements which reduce the exposure to future material cost increases related to those contracts.
      Availability of steel and components was also an issue during 2004. In general, we believe there is enough capacity to meet current production levels in the supply industry. We believe our existing contracts and other relationships we have in place will meet our current production forecasts. However, any unanticipated interruption in our supply chain would have an impact on both our margin and production schedules.
      Employees. The following table presents the breakdown of employees by business group:
         
    December 31,
Business Group   2004
     
Rail Group
    9,762  
Construction Products Group
    2,315  
Inland Barge Group
    1,166  
Industrial Products Group
    353  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    54  
All Other
    398  
Corporate
    169  
       
      14,217  
       
      As of December 31, 2004, approximately 8,520 employees were employed in the United States.
      Acquisitions. In 2004, we had an acquisition in the Construction Products Group with a purchase price of $15.7 million. During 2003, we had six acquisitions primarily in the Construction Products Group with a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $7.6 million. The acquired operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective dates of the acquisitions. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
      Environmental Matters. We are subject to comprehensive federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the release or discharge of materials into the environment, the management, use, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste and materials, or otherwise relating to the protection of human health and the environment. Such laws and regulations not only expose us to liability for our own negligent acts, but also may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. In addition, such laws may require significant expenditures to achieve compliance, and are frequently modified or revised to impose new obligations. Civil and criminal fines and penalties may be imposed for non-compliance with these environmental laws and regulations. Our operations that involve hazardous materials also raise potential risks of liability under common law.
      Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for our operations under these laws and regulations. These operating permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. We regularly monitor and review our operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of our businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses. We believe that our operations and facilities owned, managed, or leased, are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations and that any noncompliance is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.
      However, future events such as changes in or modified interpretations of existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, or further investigation or evaluation of the potential health hazards associated with our products, business activities, or properties, may give rise to additional compliance and other costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operations.

5


Table of Contents

      In addition to environmental laws, the transportation of commodities by railcar or barge raises potential risks in the event of a derailment, spill or other accident. Generally, liability under existing law in the United States for a derailment, spill or other accident depends on the negligence of the party, such as the railroad, the shipper or the manufacturer of the barge, railcar or its components. However, under certain circumstances strict liability concepts may apply.
          Governmental Regulation
      Railcar Industry. The primary regulatory and industry authorities involved in the regulation of the railcar industry are the Environmental Protection Agency; the Research and Special Programs Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; the Federal Railroad Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; and the Association of American Railroads.
      These organizations establish rules and regulations for the railcar industry, including construction specifications and standards for the design and manufacture of railcars and railcar parts; mechanical, maintenance and related standards for railcars; safety of railroad equipment, tracks and operations; and packaging and transportation of hazardous materials.
      We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with these regulations. We cannot predict whether any future changes in these rules and regulations could cause added compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operations.
      Inland Barge Industry. The primary regulatory and industry authorities involved in the regulation of the barge industry are the United States Coast Guard; the National Transportation Safety Board; the United States Customs Service; the Maritime Administration of the United States Department of Transportation; and private industry organizations such as the American Bureau of Shipping.
      These organizations establish safety criteria, investigate vessel accidents and recommend improved safety standards. Violations of these regulations and related laws can result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctions curtailing operations.
      We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with these laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether future changes that affect compliance costs would have a material adverse effect on financial conditions and operations.
      Highway Safety Products. The primary regulatory and industry authorities involved in the regulation of our highway safety products business are the United States Department of Transportation, the Federal Highway Administration and various state highway departments.
      These organizations establish certain standards and specifications related to the manufacture of our highway safety products. If our products were found not to be in compliance with these standards and specifications we would be required to re-qualify our products for installation on state and national highways.
      We believe that our highway safety products are in substantial compliance with all applicable standards and specifications. We cannot predict whether future changes in these standards and specifications would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operations.
      Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar regulations. Our operations are subject to regulation of health and safety matters by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. We believe that we employ appropriate precautions to protect our employees and others from workplace injuries and harmful exposure to materials handled and managed at our facilities. However, claims may be asserted against us for work-related illnesses or injury, and our operations may be adversely affected by the further adoption of occupational health and safety regulations in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. While we do not anticipate having to make material expenditures in order to remain in substantial compliance with health and safety laws and regulations, we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to us.
      Other Matters. To date, we have not suffered any material shortages with respect to obtaining sufficient energy supplies to operate our

6


Table of Contents

various plant facilities or transportation vehicles. Future limitations on the availability or consumption of petroleum products, particularly natural gas for plant operations and diesel fuel for vehicles, could have an adverse effect upon our ability to conduct our business. The likelihood of such an occurrence or its duration, and its ultimate effect on our operations, cannot be reasonably predicted at this time.
      Executive Officers of the Company. The following table sets forth the names and ages of all of our executive officers, their positions and offices presently held by them, the year each person first became an executive officer and the term of each person’s office:
                         
            Officer   Term
Name(1)   Age   Office   Since   Expires
                 
Timothy R. Wallace
    51     Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer     1985     May 2005
John L. Adams(2)
    60     Executive Vice President     1999     May 2005
Jim S. Ivy(2)
    61     Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer     1998     May 2005
Mark W. Stiles
    56     Senior Vice President & Group President     1993     May 2005
Andrea F. Cowan
    42     Vice President, Shared Services     2001     May 2005
Michael G. Fortado
    61     Vice President & Secretary     1997     May 2005
John M. Lee
    44     Vice President, Business Development     1994     May 2005
D. Stephen Menzies
    49     President, Trinity Industries Leasing Company and Group President     2001     May 2005
Charles Michel
    51     Vice President, Controller     2001     May 2005
S. Theis Rice
    54     Vice President, Legal Affairs     2002     May 2005
Neil O. Shoop
    61     Treasurer     1985     May 2005
 
(1)  Ms. Cowan joined us in January 2000 as a divisional officer. Prior to that she was a consultant to Trinity for six months having spent fifteen years with the State of Texas in a variety of positions relating to policy and finance. Mr. Michel joined us in 2001. Prior to that he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of a national restaurant/ entertainment company from 1994 to 2001. Mr. Menzies joined us in November 2001 as President of Trinity Industries Leasing Company following Trinity’s acquisition of Transport Capital, LLC., where Mr. Menzies was majority owner and was President from December 1999. Mr. Menzies has been involved in the equipment leasing industry for over 20 years. All of the other above-mentioned executive officers have been in the full time employment of Trinity or its subsidiaries for more than five years. Although the titles of certain such officers have changed during the past five years, all have performed essentially the same duties during such period of time except for Mark W. Stiles and S. Theis Rice. In addition to Group President, Mr. Stiles became Senior Vice President on June 10, 1999. Mr. Rice served as President of our European operations before being elected to his present position on March 14, 2002.
 
(2)  In December 2004, we announced that Mr. Adams and Mr. Ivy have begun the transition towards retirement in 2008 Mr. Adams will continue in his present position through June 2005, at which time he will be named Vice Chairman. Mr. Ivy will continue in his present position until March 2005, at which time he will serve in the position of Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer. In March 2005, Mr. William A. McWhirter, age 40, will be designated Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Mr. Michel will be designated Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. McWhirter joined us in 1985 and held various accounting positions until 1992, when he became a business group officer. In 1999, he was elected to a corporate position as Vice President for Mergers and Acquisitions. In 2001, he was named Executive Vice President of a business group.

7


Table of Contents

Item 2.     Properties.
      We principally operate in various locations throughout the United States with other facilities in Brazil, the Czech Republic, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia, and the United Kingdom, all of which are considered to be in good condition, well maintained and adequate for our purposes.
                         
    Approximate Square Feet   Productive
        Capacity
    Owned   Leased   Utilized
             
Rail Group
    6,052,500       1,795,000       79 %
Construction Products Group
    2,368,000             65 %
Inland Barge Group
    889,000       45,000       83 %
Industrial Products Group
    557,500             66 %
Executive Offices
    173,000             N/A  
All Other
    108,000             95 %
                   
      10,148,000       1,840,000          
                   
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings.
      We and our wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (“TMP”), and certain material suppliers and others, are named as co-defendants in separate lawsuits filed by J. Russell Flowers, Inc. (“Flowers”) on October 7, 2002, Marquette Transportation Company and Iowa Fleeting Services, Inc. (“Marquette”) on March 7, 2003, Waxler Transportation Company, Inc. (“Waxler”) on April 7, 2003 and LeBeouf Bros. Towing (“LeBeouf”) on July 3, 2003. The Marquette and Waxler cases are pending in the 25th Judicial District Court in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana, the Flowers case is pending in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Mississippi, Greenville, Mississippi, and the LeBeouf case is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. In Waxler, the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class which, if certified by the court, could increase the total number of barges involved in the Waxler litigation. Absent certification of a class in the Waxler case, the Waxler and LeBeouf suits currently involve 24 tank barges sold at an approximate average price of $1.4 million. The Marquette and Flowers suits involve 140 hopper barges sold at an approximate average price of $280,000. Each of the cases set forth allegations pertaining to damages arising from alleged defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings selection, application, and workmanship by TMP. The Waxler and Marquette cases have no trial date set. The LeBeouf case is set for trial on June 6, 2005 and the Flowers case is set for trial on August 29, 2005. The plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. Independent experts investigating the claims on our behalf and on behalf of TMP have expressed the opinion that plaintiffs’ assertion the coating is a food source for microbiologically influenced corrosion is without merit. Factual disputes concerning the allegations of the cause, nature, and extent of alleged corrosion in the barges exist between the parties. As of December 31, 2004 one of the four plaintiffs owes TMP approximately $9.1 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amounts.
      In two other cases similar to those in the four lawsuits mentioned above, one filed by Florida Marine Transporters, Inc. and the other by ACF Acceptance Barge I, LLC, we and TMP settled all claims alleged by the original plaintiffs and, as part of the settlement, received an assignment of the original plaintiffs’ causes of action against the remaining defendants.
      In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, we and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action petitioning the Court to declare our and TMP’s obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and TMP’s rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured (which policy is applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges). On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment action claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10 million.
      One of our subsidiaries, Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, Inc. (“Transit Mix”), is a defendant in a case involving the death of an employee of an independent contractor following an accident that occurred while the decedent was working at a Transit Mix facility. Following a jury verdict in favor of the plaintiff, the presiding judge entered a final judgment that together with fees, costs and judgment interest now totals $39.1 million. This case has been appealed by Transit Mix and its insurers. We believe liability in this case, if any, exceeding $3.0 million, will be covered by insurance.

8


Table of Contents

      We are also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to our business. Based on information currently available, it is our opinion that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, including settlements, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on our overall financial condition for purposes of financial reporting. However, resolution of certain claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a material impact on the operating results of the reporting period in which such resolution occurs.
Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
      None.

9


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5.      Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
      Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange with the ticker symbol “TRN”. The following table shows the price range of our common stock for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
                 
    Prices
     
Year Ended December 31, 2003   High   Low
         
Quarter ended March 31, 2003
  $ 19.70     $ 15.85  
Quarter ended June 30, 2003
    19.32       15.23  
Quarter ended September 30, 2003
    29.00       18.61  
Quarter ended December 31, 2003
    31.76       23.83  
                 
Year Ended December 31, 2004   High   Low
         
Quarter ended March 31, 2004
  $ 35.70     $ 26.13  
Quarter ended June 30, 2004
    33.69       26.73  
Quarter ended September 30, 2004
    32.61       25.22  
Quarter ended December 31, 2004
    36.21       28.90  
      Our transfer agent and registrar as of December 31, 2004 was Wachovia Bank, N.A.
Holders
      At December 31, 2004, we had approximately 1,632 record holders of common stock. The par value of the stock is $1.
Dividends
      Trinity has paid 163 consecutive quarterly dividends. Since April 1, 2002, Trinity has paid quarterly dividends of $0.06 per common share. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
      None
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
      This table provides information with respect to purchases by the Company of shares of its Common Stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2004:
                 
    Number of   Average Price
    Shares   Paid
Period   Purchased(1)   per Share(1)
         
October 1, 2004 through October 31, 2004
    264     $ 30.96  
November 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004
           
December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004
    66,873     $ 32.57  
             
Total
    67,137     $ 32.57  
             
 
(1)  This column includes the following transactions during the three months ended December 31, 2004: (i) the deemed surrender to the Company of 17,851 shares of Common Stock to pay the exercise price in connection with the exercise of employee stock options, (ii) the surrender to the Company of 49,043 shares of Common Stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock issued to employees, and (iii) purchase of 243 shares of Common Stock by the Trustee for assets held in a non-qualified employee profit sharing plan trust.

10


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
      The following financial information for the three years ended December 31, 2004, the nine months ended December 31, 2001 and for the year ended March 31, 2001 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
                                           
        Nine Months    
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended   Year Ended
        December 31,   March 31,
    2004   2003   2002   2001   2001
                     
    (in millions except percent and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 2,198.1     $ 1,432.8     $ 1,487.3     $ 1,347.8     $ 1,904.3  
Operating profit (loss)(1)
    14.1       13.4       10.7       (16.4 )     (66.1 )
Net income (loss)(2)
    (9.3 )     (10.0 )     (19.6 )     (34.7 )     (74.4 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
    (12.4 )     (11.6 )     (19.6 )     (34.7 )     (74.4 )
Basic net income (loss) per common share(2)
    (0.27 )     (0.25 )     (0.43 )     (0.90 )     (1.98 )
Diluted net income (loss) per common share(2)
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (1.98 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    46.5       45.6       45.3       38.7       37.5  
 
Diluted
    46.5       45.6       45.3       38.7       37.5  
Dividend per common share
  $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.54     $ 0.72  
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,210.2     $ 2,007.9     $ 1,956.5     $ 1,952.0     $ 1,825.9  
Debt — recourse
    475.3       298.5       375.1       476.3       537.8  
Debt — non-recourse
    42.7       96.7       113.8              
Series B Preferred Stock
    58.2       57.8                    
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,012.9     $ 1,003.8     $ 1,001.6     $ 1,009.4     $ 879.0  
Ratio of total debt to total capital
    32.6 %     27.1 %     32.8 %     32.1 %     38.0 %
Book value per share
  $ 21.19     $ 21.54     $ 21.82     $ 22.79     $ 23.89  
 
      During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, we recorded special charges related primarily to restructuring our Rail Group in connection with the Thrall Car Manufacturing Company merger and other matters. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, we recorded charges primarily related to the restructure of our Rail Group, investment and asset write downs, litigation reserves and other charges. The amounts of the charges are as follows:
(1)  Includes charges of:
  •  $64.3 million for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, and
  •  $140.9 million for unusual charges for fiscal year 2001.
(2)  Includes after tax charges of:
  •  $50.4 million ($1.30 per share) for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, and
  •  $110.9 million ($2.96 per share) for unusual charges for fiscal year 2001.

11


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Executive Summary
Operations
      Trinity Industries, Inc. is a diversified industrial company providing a variety of products and services for the transportation, industrial and construction sectors of the marketplace. We operate in five distinct business groups which we report on a segment basis: the Rail Group, Construction Products Group, Inland Barge Group, Industrial Products Group and Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group (“Leasing Group”). We also report All Other which includes our smaller peripheral businesses.
      We operate in cyclical industries. In 2004 we continued to witness the increase in industrial activity and signs of improvement in the manufacturing sector that we began seeing in 2003. We continued to assess our manufacturing capacity and take steps to adjust our production facilities in line with the nature of the demand.
      The improvement in industrial and manufacturing activity is reflected in the 2004 increase in our new railcar orders and industry wide. We ended 2004 with a significantly higher backlog in our Rail Group with an approximate 6,400 railcar increase year over year. In addition, improvement in the rail industry was seen in our Leasing Group, where leasing revenues in 2004 increased by 17.7%, fueled by sales from the lease fleet, growth in the size of the lease fleet, and improvement in fleet utilization. Global Insight, an independent industry research firm, has estimated that U.S. carload traffic will grow 3.0% in 2005, 1.4% in 2006, and 1.0% to 1.5% per year through 2009. Increasing rail traffic should spark another key driver of new car demand, the need to improve productivity and efficiency through the replacement of older, smaller, inefficient units. According to Global Insight, the average age of the North American freight car fleet is approximately 19.5 years, with over 38.0% older than 25 years. We believe each of these factors will be key drivers of increased railcar sales over the next few years. Global Insight has estimated railcar deliveries for the industry to increase by approximately 11,800 units in 2005 to approximately 58,700 units, approximately 60,000 in 2006 and approximately 55,000 units per year for 2007-2009.
      To help finance and manage our production and delivery of railcars, we use our captive financing subsidiary, Trinity Industries Leasing Company (“TILC”). TILC purchases a portion of our railcar production, financing a portion of the purchase price through a non-recourse warehouse lending facility and refinancing those borrowings through sale/leaseback and other leveraged lease or equipment trust financing transactions. As expected, as external demand for our railcars increased our intersegment railcar production as a percentage of our total sales declined. In 2004, TILC purchases represented approximately 17.5% of our North American railcar production, down from 49.5% in 2003. On a segment basis, our Rail Group recognizes revenue at the time of the intersegment sale to TILC and this revenue and the related profit is eliminated in consolidation.
Steel
      The principal material used in our Rail, Inland Barge and Industrial Products Groups is steel. During 2004, the prices of steel and other components we purchased increased significantly and have been volatile on a month-to-month basis. Fixed price sales contracts, primarily in our Rail and Inland Barge Groups, did not provide for pass-through of these cost increases to customers and operating margins suffered as a result. At December 31, 2004, approximately 94% of the railcar backlog is either covered by escalation clauses or other arrangements which reduce the exposure to future material cost increases related to those contracts.
      Availability of steel and components was also an issue during 2004. In general, we believe there is enough capacity to meet current production levels in the supply industry. We believe our existing contracts and other relationships we have in place will meet our current production forecasts. However, any unanticipated interruption in our supply chain would have an impact on both our margin and production schedules.
Financing Activity
      In March 2004, we issued $300 million aggregate principal amount 61/2% senior notes (“Senior Notes”) due 2014, through a private offering. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of our existing and future senior debt but are subordinated to all our existing and future secured debt to the

12


Table of Contents

extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. The Senior Notes could restrict our ability to incur additional debt; make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; create certain liens; merge; consolidate; or sell substantially all or a portion of our assets. We applied approximately $163 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under our existing bank credit facility. (See Note 7 in the consolidated financial statements for additional information.)
      In connection with the issuance of our Senior Notes, we extended our secured credit agreement to provide for a three-year, $250 million revolving credit facility and repaid the existing term loan facility. Our accounts receivable and inventory secure the agreement. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to our leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments which based upon our current credit rating are not to exceed $25 million annually.
      TILC, through a wholly owned and consolidated business trust, renewed a $300 million non-recourse warehouse facility to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TILC. Specific railcars and the underlying leases secure the facility. Advances under the facility may not exceed 75% of the fair market value of the eligible railcars securing the facility as defined by the agreement.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Leasing Group completed a transaction whereby $212.3 million of railcars were sold to independent trusts. These trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $157.2 million in debt and $55.1 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The Leasing Group, through a newly formed, wholly owned qualified subsidiary, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years and subleased the railcars to independent third parties under shorter term operating leases. Trinity does not guarantee the performance of the subsidiary’s lease obligations. Under the terms of the operating lease agreement, the Leasing Group has options to purchase at a predetermined fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2019. The Leasing Group also has options to purchase the railcars at the end of the lease agreement at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreement, the Leasing Group’s qualified subsidiary has no further obligation. Neither the assets, the liabilities, nor equity of the trusts are reflected on our balance sheet.
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2003
      Our consolidated net loss for 2004 was $9.3 million as compared to a net loss of $10.0 million for 2003. Net loss applicable to common shareholders for 2004 was $12.4 million ($0.27 loss per diluted share) as compared to $11.6 million ($0.25 loss per diluted share) for 2003. The difference between net loss and net loss applicable to common shareholders for 2004 and 2003 is $3.1 million and $1.6 million in accrued dividends and accreted offering costs on the Series B preferred stock, respectively.
      Revenues. Revenues increased $765.3 million to $2,198.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $1,432.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Revenues increased in every segment of our business in 2004. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase in outside sales by the Rail Group. The increase in revenues for the Construction Products Group was the result of increased market demand in the Highway Safety and Fittings businesses and the acquisitions made by Concrete and Aggregates during the later part of 2003 and early 2004. The increased revenue from the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group resulted from an increase in the size of the fleet, an improvement in utilization and a slight increase in sales from the lease fleet.

13


Table of Contents

      The following table reconciles the revenue amounts discussed under our operating segments with the consolidated total revenues shown in the Selected Financial Data.
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2004   Year Ended December 31, 2003
         
    Revenues   Revenues
         
    Outside   Intersegment   Total   Outside   Intersegment   Total
                         
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ 1,080.7     $ 175.2     $ 1,255.9     $ 494.5     $ 240.1     $ 734.6  
Construction Products Group
    576.4       1.7       578.1       488.8       1.1       489.9  
Inland Barge Group
    210.4             210.4       170.6             170.6  
Industrial Products Group
    136.7       6.7       143.4       120.7       4.1       124.8  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    181.0             181.0       153.8             153.8  
All Other
    12.9       30.6       43.5       4.4       26.5       30.9  
Eliminations
          (214.2 )     (214.2 )           (271.8 )     (271.8 )
                                     
Consolidated Total
  $ 2,198.1     $     $ 2,198.1     $ 1,432.8     $     $ 1,432.8  
                                     
      Selling, Engineering and Administrative Expenses. Selling, engineering and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 7.7% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 2003. Overall, selling, engineering and administrative expenses increased $20.6 million year over year as a result of increased headcount and related cost attributable to production volume increases, increased litigation costs and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance cost.
Operating Profit (Loss)
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ (18.5 )   $ (6.2 )
Construction Products Group
    40.4       37.5  
Inland Barge Group
    (14.8 )     (4.7 )
Industrial Products Group
    15.3       8.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    42.0       41.0  
All Other
    (3.5 )     (8.4 )
Corporate
    (32.6 )     (34.5 )
Eliminations
    (14.2 )     (19.7 )
             
Consolidated Total
  $ 14.1     $ 13.4  
             
      Operating profit improved to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $13.4 million for the same period in 2003. Operating profit did not improve in proportion to the increased revenues in 2004 primarily due to significant increases in steel and material cost for fixed-priced contracts in the Rail and Inland Barge Groups. Generally, improved pricing and volumes in the Construction Products, Industrial Products and Railcar Leasing and Management Services Groups partially offset the impact of material cost increases in the Rail and Inland Barge Groups.
      Other Income and Expense. Other income and expense includes interest income, interest expense and other, net. Interest expense increased $7.9 million to $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $34.9 million for the same period last year. This increase is due an increase in debt balances, primarily associated with the Senior Notes and to a write-off of deferred loan fees of $1.2 million in connection with the early retirement of the term loan in March 2004. Interest income increased $9.4 million to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $0.7 million for the same period last year due primarily to $8.1 million interest received on funds held on deposit in Mexico.
      Other income is primarily attributable to gains on sales of non-operating assets, primarily land, offset by losses on equity investments and foreign exchange transactions. The decrease in 2004 was attributable to a decrease in the gain on sales of non-operating assets.
      Income Taxes. The benefit for income taxes, as a percentage of loss before taxes, increased to 38.4% in 2004 from 30.2% in 2003 primarily due to changes in tax rates and laws related to our foreign operations.

14


Table of Contents

Rail Group
                     
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Revenues:
               
 
North American Rail
  $ 951.1     $ 494.5  
 
European Rail
    189.2       139.6  
 
Components
    115.6       100.5  
             
   
Total revenues
  $ 1,255.9     $ 734.6  
Operating loss
  $ (18.5 )   $ (6.2 )
Operating loss margin
    (1.5 )%     (0.8 )%
      Revenues increased 71.0% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. This increase was primarily due to North American railcar shipments of approximately 15,100 railcars compared to the prior year of approximately 8,300 railcars. Shipments for North America in 2005 are expected to continue to increase as we ended 2004 with a backlog of approximately 19,400 railcars.
      Our European rail operations showed an increase in the number of railcars shipped in 2004. European revenues for 2004 increased by 35.5% compared to the same period in 2003. Shipments of approximately 2,300 railcars for 2004 were slightly higher than the 2,100 railcars shipped in 2003. As of December 31, 2004, we have a backlog in Europe of approximately 1,300 railcars, a decrease of 850 railcars compared to December 31, 2003.
      Operating loss for the Rail Group increased $12.3 million to $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period last year. Operating profit was adversely affected by significantly increased steel and material costs ($40.0 million), shortages of materials and unanticipated plant shut-downs ($6.6 million), start-up costs related to reopening manufacturing facilities ($1.9 million), and unabsorbed costs in the third quarter related to the shut-down of a European plant for maintenance ($1.2 million). During 2004, we have dealt with rising steel and material costs by obtaining some concessions from customers, adding escalation clauses to many new contracts, and negotiating firm arrangements with vendors. Of our North American backlog which has an estimated sales value of approximately $1.3 billion at December 31, 2004, 94% is either covered by escalation clauses or has locked-in costs due to arrangements with vendors. Where cost increases have resulted in expected loss on contracts, the estimated losses have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2004. The loss reserve balance related to railcars to be delivered after December 31, 2004 is $4.3 million. At the beginning of 2004, none of the contracts in the backlog had escalation clauses.
      In the year ended December 31, 2004, railcar sales to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group included in the Rail Group results were $171.7 million compared to $238.4 million in the comparable period in 2003 with operating profit of $14.0 million in 2004 compared to $15.8 million in comparable period in 2003. Sales to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group and related profits are eliminated in consolidation.
Construction Products Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 578.1     $ 489.9  
Operating profit
  $ 40.4     $ 37.5  
Operating profit margin
    7.0 %     7.7 %
      Revenues increased $88.2 million, or 18.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in the Highway Safety, Concrete and Aggregates, and Fittings business units. The Highway Safety business increased due to favorable weather conditions early in the year as well as an improvement in the market demand for selected products and price increases resulting from an increase in raw material costs. The Concrete and Aggregates business increased due to acquisitions in the later part of 2003 and early 2004, offset by unfavorable weather conditions in our market area and competitive pricing pressures. The increase in the Fittings business was also attributable to an increase in market demand as well as price increases resulting from an increase in raw material costs. Operating profit percentage decreased over the same period last year as a result of the steel price increases in the Structural Bridge business and competitive pricing pressures in certain markets of our Concrete and Aggregates business as well as the impact of year over year unfavorable weather, offset by the impact of an increase in sales volumes in our Highway Safety and Fittings businesses.

15


Table of Contents

Inland Barge Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 210.4     $ 170.6  
Operating loss
    (14.8 )   $ (4.7 )
Operating loss margin
    (7.0 )%     (2.8 )%
      Revenues increased approximately $39.8 million compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in both hopper barge and tank barge sales volume. For the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 400 hopper barges were delivered, an increase of 31% from the same period last year. Approximately 60 tank barges were delivered during the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of 18% over the same period last year. Operating loss was $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to a loss of $4.7 million for the same period last year. This was primarily due to steel cost increases of approximately $15.3 million. Where such increases have resulted in an expected loss on contracts, the estimated losses have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2004. The loss reserve balance related to barges to be delivered in 2005 is $2.5 million at December 31, 2004. Barge litigation and related costs were $5.1 million and $4.0 million for years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. The barge backlog at December 31, 2004 was 105 barges compared to 450 barges at the end of 2003. Fifty-eight of these barges are covered by escalation clauses or locked-in steel costs. All steel requirements have been purchased for the remaining 47 barges without escalation clauses which are scheduled for production in the first quarter of 2005.
Industrial Products Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 143.4     $ 124.8  
Operating profit
  $ 15.3     $ 8.4  
Operating profit margin
    10.7 %     6.7 %
      Revenues increased 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. The increase of $18.6 million was due to increased sales of domestic tanks in the U.S. and an increase in the sale of heads used for tank car production and other railcar equipment. The operating profit margin for the year was higher than the same period last year due to improved efficiencies based on increased volume and increased sales of tank car heads and other railcar equipment. In addition, operating profit in 2003 was negatively impacted by a $0.9 million write down of long-lived assets in Brazil.
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
               
Leasing and management
  $ 143.2     $ 118.6  
Lease fleet sales
    37.8       35.2  
             
Total revenues
  $ 181.0     $ 153.8  
Operating Profit
               
Leasing and management
  $ 37.5     $ 37.0  
Lease fleet sales
    4.5       4.0  
             
Total operating profit
  $ 42.0     $ 41.0  
Operating profit margin
    23.2 %     26.7 %
Fleet Utilization
    99.0 %     98.1 %
      Total revenues increased $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period last year. This increase of 17.7% was due to increased rental revenues related to additions to the lease fleet and improved fleet utilization as well as a slight increase in lease fleet sales.
      The Company continues to expand its lease fleet size. To fund the expansion of its lease fleet to meet this demand, the Leasing Group uses its non-recourse warehouse line to provide initial financing for a portion of the manufacturing costs of the railcars. Subsequently, the Leasing Group generally obtains long-term financing for the cars in the lease fleet through long-term recourse debt such as equipment trust certificates or long-term non-recourse operating leases pursuant to sale/leaseback transactions.
      The decline in the Leasing Group operating profit margin was due to the refinancing of railcars under the non-recourse warehouse facility with long-term, fixed rate, off-balance sheet, sale/leaseback financings in November 2003 and August 2004 which effectively converted interest expense (which is not deducted from operating profit) to lease expense (which is deducted from operating profit). The Company uses a non-GAAP measure to compare performance between periods. This non-GAAP measure is EBITDAR, which is Operating Profit of the Leasing Group plus depreciation and rental or lease expense. We use this measure to eliminate the costs resulting from financings. EBITDAR should not be considered as an alternative to operating profit or other GAAP

16


Table of Contents

financial measurements as an indicator of our operating performance. EBITDAR is shown below:
                   
    For the
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Operating profit
  $ 37.5     $ 37.0  
Add: Depreciation
    23.1       23.4  
 
 Rental expense
    39.2       22.7  
             
EBITDAR
  $ 99.8     $ 83.1  
             
EBITDAR margin
    69.7 %     70.1 %
             
      The increase in EBITDAR for the year ended December 31, 2004 was due to the increased size of the fleet and improved utilization.
All Other
      All Other includes our captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers, costs associated with non-operating plants and other peripheral businesses. Revenues in All Other increased to $43.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 from $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase in the structural tower business. Operating loss was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and $8.4 million in the same period in 2003. Improved results for the group were primarily due to lower costs associated with non-operating plants.
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2002
      Our consolidated net loss for 2003 was $10.0 million as compared to a net loss of $19.6 million for 2002. Net loss applicable to common shareholders for 2003 was $11.6 million ($0.25 loss per diluted share) as compared to $19.6 million ($0.43 loss per diluted share) for 2002. The difference between net loss and net loss applicable to common shares for 2003 is the $1.6 million in accrued dividends and accreted offering costs on the Series B preferred stock.
      Revenues. Revenues decreased $54.5 million to $1,432.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $1,487.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decline in revenues was primarily due to a decline in sales in our Inland Barge Group, Construction Products Group and Industrial Products Group offset by higher revenues in our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group.
      The following table reconciles the revenue amounts discussed under our operating segments with the consolidated total revenues shown in the Selected Financial Data.
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2003   Year Ended December 31, 2002
         
    Revenues   Revenues
         
    Outside   Intersegment   Total   Outside   Intersegment   Total
                         
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ 494.5     $ 240.1     $ 734.6     $ 504.3     $ 125.1     $ 629.4  
Construction Products Group
    488.8       1.1       489.9       503.9       0.9       504.8  
Inland Barge Group
    170.6             170.6       211.7             211.7  
Industrial Products Group
    120.7       4.1       124.8       140.1       3.0       143.1  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    153.8             153.8       114.7             114.7  
All Other
    4.4       26.5       30.9       12.6       26.9       39.5  
Eliminations
          (271.8 )     (271.8 )           (155.9 )     (155.9 )
                                     
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,432.8     $     $ 1,432.8     $ 1,487.3     $     $ 1,487.3  
                                     
      Selling, Engineering and Administrative Expenses. Selling, engineering and administrative expenses decreased $2.8 million to $147.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $150.4 million for the comparable period in 2002, a decrease of 1.9%. The decrease was a result of continued cost reduction efforts. During 2002, we signed a managed services contract to implement a new financial system and to outsource certain accounting and processing activities. While expected to produce overall savings in future years, this project did result in incremental selling, engineering and administrative costs of approximately $8.9 million ($0.14 per common share).

17


Table of Contents

Operating Profit (Loss)
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ (6.2 )   $ (41.5 )
Construction Products Group
    37.5       48.3  
Inland Barge Group
    (4.7 )     4.7  
Industrial Products Group
    8.4       2.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    41.0       31.3  
All Other
    (8.4 )     (5.7 )
Corporate
    (34.5 )     (22.9 )
Eliminations
    (19.7 )     (5.9 )
             
Consolidated Total
  $ 13.4     $ 10.7  
             
      Operating profit improved to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $10.7 million for the same period in 2002. Operating margins improved in the Rail Group due to improved efficiencies associated with an increase in volume, offset by $2.3 million of estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges. The increase in operating profit was also due to improvement in margins in the U.S. propane tank business and improved efficiencies in the tank heads business. Operating profit for the Inland Barge Group was adversely impacted by an additional $1.5 million in cost incurred related to litigation aggregating approximately $4.0 million for the year as well as $4.1 million related to estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges. Operating profit for the Industrial Products Group in 2002 was negatively impacted by a $2.2 million reserve established for a long-term propane tank equipment lease receivable from a customer who began operating under bankruptcy protection.
      Other Income and Expense. Other income and expense included interest income, interest expense and other, net. Interest expense, net of interest income decreased $0.9 million to $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $35.1 million for the same period in 2002.
      Other income is primarily attributable to gains on sales of non-operating assets, primarily land, offset by losses on equity investments and foreign exchange transactions. The increase in 2003 was attributable to an increase in the gain on sales of non-operating assets.
      Income Taxes. The benefit for income taxes, as a percentage of loss before taxes, increased to 30.2% in 2003 from 19.5% in 2002 primarily due to changes in taxes related to our foreign operations.
Rail Group
                     
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Revenues:
               
 
North American Rail
  $ 494.5     $ 349.3  
 
Europe Rail
    139.6       185.8  
 
Components
    100.5       94.3  
             
   
Total revenues
  $ 734.6     $ 629.4  
Operating loss
  $ (6.2 )   $ (41.5 )
Operating loss margin
    (0.8 )%     (6.6 )%
      Revenues increased 16.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. This increase was primarily due to North American railcar shipments of approximately 8,300 railcars compared to the prior year of approximately 4,800 railcars. Operating results showed improvement for 2003 based on the higher North American volume. Shipments for North America in 2004 were expected to improve as we entered 2004 with a backlog of approximately 11,800 railcars. Our European rail operations showed a decrease in the number of railcars shipped due to a decline in the market. European revenues for 2003 decreased by 24.9% compared to the same period in 2002. Shipments of approximately 2,100 railcars for 2003 were approximately 400 fewer railcars than 2002. We entered 2004 with a stronger backlog in Europe which had increased over 40% since December 31, 2002 to approximately 2,150 railcars.
      In the year ended December 31, 2003, railcar sales to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group included in the Rail Group results were $238.4 million compared to $119.0 million in the comparable period in 2002 with operating profit of $15.8 million in 2003 compared to $5.9 million in comparable period in 2002. Sales to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group and related profits are eliminated in consolidation.
Construction Products Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 489.9     $ 504.8  
Operating profit
  $ 37.5     $ 48.3  
Operating profit margin
    7.7 %     9.6 %

18


Table of Contents

      Revenues decreased $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. The decrease in revenues was primarily attributable to lower demand in Highway Safety products, exiting certain non-core product lines since the first quarter of 2002, reduced production in the Structural Bridge business, and reduced product volume and competitive pricing pressures in the fittings business. These revenue reductions were offset by an increase in production in the Concrete and Aggregates business due to good weather and strong demand. Operating profit margin decreased as a result of reduced volume, competitive pricing pressures, and increased fuel and insurance costs.
Inland Barge Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 170.6     $ 211.7  
Operating profit (loss)
  $ (4.7 )   $ 4.7  
Operating profit (loss) margin
    (2.8 )%     2.2 %
      Revenues decreased approximately $41.1 million compared to the prior year primarily due to a decrease in hopper barge shipments. For the year ended December 31, 2003, approximately 300 hopper barges were delivered compared to approximately 500 for the same period in 2002. The decrease in units was due to the severe downturn in the hopper barge market. The composite business also experienced a decrease in revenue due to the downturn of the hopper barge market. For the tank barge business, 51 barges were delivered compared to 48 for the same period last year.
      Operating profit declined approximately $9.4 million from the prior year due to the reduced hopper barge and composite sales and was adversely impacted by an additional $1.5 million in costs incurred related to litigation aggregating approximately $4.0 million for the year as well as $4.1 million related to estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges.
Industrial Products Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 124.8     $ 143.1  
Operating profit
  $ 8.4     $ 2.4  
Operating profit margin
    6.7 %     1.7 %
      Revenues declined 12.8% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. The decline in revenues was primarily due to the sale of the specialty tank heads product line in the United States during 2002 and a decline in propane tank related sales in Mexico. Overall, the increase in operating profit was primarily due to improvement in operating margins in the U.S. propane tank and tank heads businesses as a result of improved manufacturing efficiency, sales and marketing and overall product mix. Operating profit in 2003 was negatively impacted by a $0.9 million write down of long-lived assets in Brazil. The prior year was impacted by the establishment of a $2.2 million allowance for bad debt due to a customer declaring bankruptcy as well as a decline in propane tank related sales in Mexico.
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2002
         
    (in millions)
Revenues
               
Leasing and management
  $ 118.6     $ 109.9  
Lease fleet sales
    35.2       4.8  
             
Total revenues
  $ 153.8     $ 114.7  
             
Operating Profit
               
Leasing and management
  $ 37.0     $ 29.7  
Lease fleet sales
    4.0       1.6  
             
Total operating profit
  $ 41.0     $ 31.3  
Operating profit margin
    26.7 %     27.3 %
      Revenues for this group include railcar lease revenues and management fees as well as sales of railcars from our lease fleet. Total revenues in 2003 increased over 2002 due to the increase of $30.4 million in railcar sales and $8.7 million due to an increase in the size of the lease fleet that includes both company-owned railcars and railcars we lease under operating leases, as well as higher fleet utilization. We manage a lease portfolio of approximately 67,000 railcars.
      The increase in operating profit was due to the increased size of the rental fleet, improved utilization, as well as a decrease in rental abatement. Operating profit from the sale of railcars was $4.0 million in 2003 compared to $1.6 million in 2002.

19


Table of Contents

All Other
      Revenues in All Other decreased to $30.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decline in revenues was primarily due to a decline in the structural tower business. Operating loss was $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and $5.7 million in the same period in 2002. The increase in the operating loss is primarily due to costs associated with non-operating plants.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
2004 Financing Activity
      In June 2003, we issued 600 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Share of Series B preferred stock has an initial liquidation value of $100,000 per share. The liquidation value, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, is payable on June 25, 2008, the mandatory redemption date, at our option in cash or in shares of common stock valued at 90% of the then current market price of our common stock. Each share of Series B preferred stock may be converted at any time at the option of the holder into shares of our common stock, based on the initial conversion price of $22.46 per share, which is the equivalent to 4,452 shares of common stock for each $100,000 initial liquidation preference. Holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable semi-annually, on July 1 and January 1 of each year, beginning January 1, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.5% of the liquidation preference. We may, at our option, pay dividends either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the then current market price. All dividends paid through January 2005 have been paid in cash. The holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the common stock on an as-if converted basis on all matters brought before the stockholders. The Series B preferred stock has been classified outside the Stockholders’ Equity section because there is no absolute assurance that the number of authorized and unissued common shares would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock. At December 31, 2004, the number of shares authorized and unissued would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock as long as the market value of our common stock was at least $1.37 per share.
      In March 2004, we issued $300 million aggregate principal amount 61/2% senior notes (“Senior Notes”) due 2014, through a private offering. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually commencing September 15, 2004. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of our existing and future senior debt but are subordinated to all our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2009 at a redemption price of 103.25% in 2009, 102.167% in 2010, 101.083% in 2011 and 100.0% in 2012 and thereafter plus accrued interest. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed on or before March 15, 2007 at a redemption price of 106.5% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes could restrict our ability to incur additional debt; make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; create certain liens; merge; consolidate; or sell substantially all or a portion of our assets. We applied approximately $163 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under our existing bank credit facility. In September 2004, as required by the contract with the purchasers of the Senior Notes due 2014, the Company made an offer to exchange all of the privately placed Senior Notes for an equal principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2014, which are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and have substantially identical terms. All of the privately placed Senior Notes were exchanged for registered Senior Notes due 2014.
      In connection with the issuance of our Senior Notes, we extended our secured credit agreement to provide for a three-year, $250 million revolving credit facility and repaid the existing term loan facility. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility for periods after the first quarter of 2004 will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon financial performance. Our accounts receivable and inventory secure the agreement. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to our leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments which based upon our current credit rating are not to exceed $25 million annually. At December 31,

20


Table of Contents

2004, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. After $118.4 million was considered for letters of credit, $131.6 million was available under the revolving credit facility.
      TILC, through a wholly owned and consolidated business trust, has $42.7 million outstanding of a $300 million non-recourse warehouse facility to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TILC. The warehouse facility is due August 2005 and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2006, August 2006, and February 2007. Railcars financed by the warehouse facility have historically been refinanced under long-term financing agreements. Specific railcars and the underlying leases secure the facility. Advances under the facility may not exceed 75% of the fair market value of the eligible railcars securing the facility as defined by the agreement. Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin (for an all in rate of 3.6662% at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, $257.3 million was available under this facility.
      During 2005, we will consider restructuring and/or refinancing certain debt agreements if we believe it would be in the best interests of the Company.
Cash Flows
      Operating Activities. Net cash required by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $82.6 million compared to $104.7 million provided by operating activities for the same period in 2003. Net cash required by operating activities for 2004 was primarily due to increased inventory balances related to an increase in production and raw material prices. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2003 was impacted by the collection of approximately $73.8 million in income tax refunds.
      Investing Activities. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $62.7 million compared to $40.9 million required by investing activities for the same period of 2003. The decrease in capital spending for the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group for 2004 relates to fewer additions made to the lease fleet of $164.0 million compared to $264.7 million in 2003. Other capital expenditures for other segments in 2004 totaled $34.2 million compared to $20.2 million in 2003. Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 of $268.1 million and $251.6 million, respectively, were composed primarily of the sale/leaseback transactions, sale of railcars from the lease fleet and other assets. During 2004, we had an acquisition in the Construction Products Group with a purchase price of $15.7 million. During 2003, we had six acquisitions primarily in the Construction Products Group with a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $7.6 million.
      Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2004 was $156.2 million compared to cash required by financing activities of $36.9 million for the comparable period of 2003. During the first quarter of 2004, we issued $300 million aggregate principal amount 61/2% senior notes due 2014 (“Senior Notes”) through a private offering. We applied approximately $163 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under our existing credit facility. During 2003 our financing activities included cash proceeds of $57.6 million from the issuance of the Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
      During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group completed a series of financing transactions whereby railcars were sold to one or more separate independent owner trusts. Each trust financed the purchase of the railcars with a combination of debt and equity. In each transaction, the equity participant in the trust is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. The Leasing Group, through newly formed, wholly owned qualified subsidiaries, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years, and subleased the railcars to independent third party customers under shorter term operating leases. Under the terms of the operating lease agreements between the subsidiaries and trusts, the Leasing Group has the option to purchase at a predetermined fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2016 and other railcars in 2019. The Leasing Group also has options to purchase the railcars at the end of the respective lease agreements in 2023, 2026 and 2027 at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreements, we have no further obligations thereunder.

21


Table of Contents

      The Leasing Group’s subsidiaries had total assets as of December 31, 2004 of $181.4 million including cash of $59.1 million and Leasing Group railcars of $109.4 million. The cash and railcars are pledged to collateralize the lease obligations to the trusts and are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Trinity does not guarantee the performance of the subsidiaries’ lease obligations. Certain ratios and cash deposits must be maintained by the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries in order for excess cash flow, as defined in the agreements, from the lease to third parties, to be available to Trinity. Future operating lease obligations of the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries under the lease agreements are as follows (in millions): 2005 — $54.0; 2006 — $51.8; 2007 — $48.6; 2008 — $48.8; 2009 — $47.8 and $651.2 thereafter. Future minimum rental revenues from subleased railcars as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in millions); 2005 — $66.1; 2006 — $60.0; 2007 — $53.5; 2008 — $45.1; 2009 — $34.7 and $161.2 thereafter.
      In each transaction the Leasing Group has entered into a servicing and remarketing agreement with the trusts under which the Leasing Group is required to endeavor, consistent with customary commercial practice as would be used by a prudent person, to maintain railcars under lease for the benefit of the trusts. The Leasing Group also receives management fees under the terms of the agreements. In each transaction, an independent trustee for the trust has authority for appointment of the railcar fleet manager.
      During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group sold $199.0 million in railcars to one independent trust. The trust financed the purchase of the railcars with $151.3 million in debt and $47.7 million in equity.
      During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group sold $235.0 million of railcars to three separate owner trusts. Two of the trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $155.0 million in debt and $45.0 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the two trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The remaining trust equity was capitalized with a contribution of $9.4 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million (see notes 7 and 8 of our consolidated financial statements). Because the Leasing Group was the sole equity participant of the third trust, the Leasing Group was the primary beneficiary and therefore the trust was included in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2003. In February 2004 the Leasing Group sold its equity ownership in the trust to a third party. Consequently, the trust, including the non-recourse debt of $25.6 million, is no longer consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Leasing Group sold $212.3 million of railcars to two independent trusts. These trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $157.2 million in debt and $55.1 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts.
Employee Retirement Plans
      As disclosed in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements, the projected benefit obligation for the employee retirement plans exceed the plans’ assets by $55.7 million as of December 31, 2004 as compared to $64.9 million as of December 31, 2003. The change was primarily due to the current year contributions to the plans. Effective January 1, 2005, we provided a one-time election for current employees to remain in the defined benefit plan or enroll in the enhanced profit sharing 401(k) plan. All employees, hired after December 31, 2004, who would have been eligible to participate in the defined benefit plan will participate in the enhanced profit sharing 401(k) plan. Employer contributions for the year ending December 31, 2005 are expected to be $8.4 million for the defined benefit plan and $0.8 million to the enhanced profit sharing 401(k) plan compared to $18.1 million contributed during 2004.
Future Operating Requirements
      We expect to finance future operating requirements with cash flows from operations, and depending on market conditions, long-term and short-term debt and privately placed equity.
Income Taxes
      On October 22, 2004, a new tax law, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Creation Act”) was signed by the President. Among other provisions, the Jobs Creation Act allows a deduction for income from qualified domestic production activities, which will be phased in from 2005 through 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new law on

22


Table of Contents

its future taxable income. For financial reporting purposes, any deductions for qualified domestic production activities will be accounted for as a special deduction rather than as a rate reduction. Accordingly, any benefit from the deduction will be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the Company’s tax return.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
      As of December 31, 2004, we had the following contractual obligations and commercial commitments (in millions):
                                         
        Payments Due by Period
         
        1 Year   2-3   4-5   After
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments   Total   or Less   Years   Years   5 Years
                     
    (in millions)
Debt, excluding interest
  $ 517.1     $ 41.3     $ 96.0     $ 76.4     $ 303.4  
Capital lease obligations
    0.9       0.5       0.4              
Operating leases
    27.2       8.3       7.8       6.9       4.2  
Purchase obligations(1)
    435.0       434.9       0.1              
Employee retirement plans
    8.4       8.4                    
Letters of Credit
    124.2       121.8                   2.4  
Leasing Group — Operating leases
    902.2       54.0       100.4       96.6       651.2  
Other
    83.7       50.8       24.7       8.2        
                               
Total
  $ 2,098.7     $ 720.0     $ 229.4     $ 188.1     $ 961.2  
                               
 
(1)  Non-cancelable purchase obligations are primarily for steel purchases.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to bad debts, inventories, property, plant and equipment, goodwill, income taxes, warranty obligations, insurance, restructuring costs, and contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
      We believe the following critical accounting policies, among others, affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Inventory
      We are required to state our inventories at the lower of cost or market. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, we are required to make judgments as to future demand requirements and compare that with the current or committed inventory levels. It is possible that changes in required inventory reserves may occur in the future due to then current market conditions.
Long-lived Assets
      We periodically evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. Fair value

23


Table of Contents

is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved or market quotes as available. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets.
Goodwill
      We are required, at least annually, to evaluate goodwill related to acquired businesses for potential impairment indicators that are based primarily on market conditions in the United States and Europe and the operational performance of our reporting units.
      Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses is impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Warranties
      We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time we recognize revenue. We base our estimates on historical warranty claims. We also provide for specifically identified warranty obligations. Should actual claim rates differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.
Insurance
      We are self-insured for workers’ compensation claims. A third-party administrator processes all such claims. We accrue our workers’ compensation liability based upon independent actuarial studies. To the extent actuarial assumptions change and claims experience rates differ from historical rates, our liability may change.
Contingencies and Litigation
      We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings. As discussed in Note 15 of our consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2004, we have accrued our estimate of the probable settlement or judgment costs for the resolution of certain of these claims. This estimate has been developed in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters and is based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. We do not believe these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions related to these proceedings.
Environmental
      We are involved in various proceedings related to environmental matters. We have provided reserves to cover probable and estimable liabilities with respect to such proceedings, taking into account currently available information and our contractual rights of indemnification. However, estimates of future response costs are necessarily imprecise. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or, if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to us.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payments”. SFAS No. 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”, and supersedes APB 25. Among other items, SFAS 123R eliminates the use of APB 25 and the intrinsic value method of accounting, and requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, based on the grant date fair value of those awards, in the financial statements. The effective date of SFAS 123R is the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005, which is the third quarter of the Company’s year ending December 31, 2005. The Company currently expects to adopt SFAS 123R effective July 1, 2005 using the “modified prospective” method. Under the modified prospective method, compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date, based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R. Financial information for periods prior to the date of adoption of SFAS 123R would not be restated. The Company currently utilizes a standard option pricing model (i.e., Black-Scholes) to measure the fair value of

24


Table of Contents

stock options granted to employees. While SFAS 123R permits entities to continue to use such a model, the standard also permits the use of a “lattice” model. The Company has not yet determined which model will be used to measure the fair value of awards of equity instruments to employees upon the adoption of SFAS 123R.
      We believe the adoption of SFAS 123R will not have a significant effect on the Company’s future results of operations nor will it have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position. The impact of SFAS 123R on the Company’s results of operations cannot be predicted at this time, because it will depend on the number of equity awards granted in the future, as well as the model and assumptions used to value the awards.
      SFAS 123R also requires that the benefits associated with the tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. Future amounts cannot be estimated because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options. However, the amounts recognized in prior periods for such excess tax deductions were not material for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
Forward-Looking Statements
      Some statements in this Form 10-K (or otherwise made by the Company or on the Company’s behalf from time to time in other reports, filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, news releases, conferences, World Wide Web postings or otherwise) which are not historical facts, may be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements about Trinity’s estimates, expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies for the future, and the assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements. Trinity uses the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” and similar expressions to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical experience of our present expectations. Factors that could cause these differences include, but are not limited to:
•  market conditions and demand for our products;
 
•  the cyclical nature of both the railcar and barge industries;
 
•  variations in weather in areas where construction products are sold and used;
 
•  the timing of introduction of new products;
 
•  the timing of customer orders;
 
•  price changes;
 
•  changes in mix of products sold;
 
•  the extent of utilization of manufacturing capacity;
 
•  availability and costs of component parts, supplies and raw materials;
 
•  competition and other competitive factors;
 
•  changing technologies;
 
•  steel prices;
 
•  surcharges added to fixed pricing agreements for raw materials;
 
•  interest rates and capital costs;
 
•  long-term funding of our leasing warehouse facility;
 
•  taxes;
 
•  the stability of the governments and political and business conditions in certain foreign countries, particularly Mexico and Romania;
 
•  changes in import and export quotas and regulations;
 
•  business conditions in emerging economies;
 
•  results of litigation; and
 
•  legal, regulatory and environmental issues.
      Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made. Trinity undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made.

25


Table of Contents

      Additional Factors That May Affect Future Results. We caution you that there are risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to be materially different from those indicated by forward-looking statements that we make from time to time in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, news releases, reports, proxy statements, registration statements and other written communications, as well as oral forward-looking statements made from time to time by representatives of our Company. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks described below. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. The cautionary statements below discuss important factors that could cause our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows to be materially adversely affected.
      The cyclical nature of our business results in lower revenues during economic downturns. We operate in cyclical industries. Downturns in overall economic conditions usually have a significant adverse effect on cyclical industries due to decreased demand for new and replacement products. Decreased demand could continue to result in lower sales volumes, lower prices and/or a loss of profits. The railcar industry recently experienced a deep down cycle and operated with a minimal backlog. If this down cycle were to return, we could experience increased losses and close plants, suspend production and incur related costs.
      Litigation claims could increase our costs and weaken our financial condition. We and our subsidiaries are currently and may from time to time be involved in various legal proceedings arising out of our operations. In one such legal proceeding, we and our wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, or TMP, have been named co-defendants in four separate lawsuits filed by certain purchasers of our inland barges. These claims assert damages arising from alleged defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings application workmanship by TMP. The plaintiffs in these cases seek compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. In one of the four cases, the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class, which, if certified by the court, could potentially increase the total number of barges involved in the litigation. Absent class certification in this case, two of the suits involve 24 tank barges sold at an approximate average price of $1.4 million, and the other two suits involve 140 hopper barges sold at an approximate average price of $280,000. In addition, as of December 31, 2004, one of the four plaintiffs owed TMP approximately $9.1 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amounts.
      In two other cases similar to those in the four lawsuits mentioned above, one filed by Florida Marine Transporters, Inc. and the other by ACF Acceptance Barge I, LLC, we and TMP settled all claims alleged by the original plaintiffs and, as part of the settlement, received an assignment of the original plaintiffs’ causes of action against the remaining defendants.
      In an unrelated claim, we filed a declaratory judgment action petitioning the Court to declare the Company’s and TMP’s obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and TMP’s rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured (which policy is applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges). On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment action claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10 million.
      The transportation of commodities by railcar or barge raises potential risks in the event of a derailment, spill or other accident. Generally, liability under existing law in the United States for a derailment, spill or other accident depends on the negligence of the party, such as the railroad, the shipper or the manufacturer of the barge, railcar or its components. However, under certain circumstances, strict liability concepts may apply.
      We have appealed a final judgment in the amount of $39.1 million (inclusive of fees, costs and judgment interest) against Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, our wholly owned subsidiary, relating to an employee of an independent contractor who died following an accident that occurred while working at one of our manufacturing facilities. We believe we are insured for liability in this case, if any, in excess of $3.0 million.
      While we maintain reserves and liability insurance at coverage levels based upon commercial norms in our industries, our reserves may be inadequate to cover these claims or lawsuits or any future claims or lawsuits arising from our busi-

26


Table of Contents

nesses, and any such claims or lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or overall financial condition.
      Increases in the price and demand for steel could lower our margins and profitability. The principal material used in our Rail, Inland Barge and Industrial Products Groups is steel. During 2004, the prices of steel and other components we purchased increased significantly and have been volatile on a month-to-month basis. Fixed price sales contracts, primarily in our Rail and Inland Barge Groups, did not provide for pass-through of these cost increases to customers and operating margins suffered as a result. At December 31, 2004, approximately 94% of the railcar backlog is either covered by escalation clauses or other arrangements which reduce the exposure to future material cost increases related to those contracts.
      Availability of steel and components was also an issue during 2004. In general, we believe there is enough capacity to meet current production levels in the industry. We believe our existing contracts and other relationships we have in place will meet our current production forecasts. However, any unanticipated interruption in our supply chain would have an impact on both our margin and production schedules.
      We have potential exposure to environmental liabilities, which may increase costs and lower profitability. Our operations are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with air quality and the handling and disposal of waste products, fuel products and hazardous substances. In particular, we may incur remediation costs and other related expenses because:
•  some of our manufacturing facilities were constructed and operated before the adoption of current environmental laws and the institution of compliance practices; and
 
•  some of the products that we manufacture are used to transport hazardous materials.
      Furthermore, although we intend to conduct appropriate due diligence with respect to environmental matters in connection with future acquisitions, we may be unable to identify or be indemnified for all potential environmental liabilities relating to any acquired business. Environmental liabilities incurred by us, if not covered by adequate insurance or indemnification, will increase our respective costs and have a negative impact on our profitability.
      We compete in highly competitive industries, which may impact our respective financial results. We face aggressive competition in all geographic markets and each industry sector in which we operate. As a result, competition on pricing is often intense. The effect of this competition could reduce our revenues, limit our ability to grow, increase pricing pressure on our products, and otherwise affect our financial results.
      If our railcar leasing subsidiary is unable to obtain acceptable long-term financing of its railcar lease fleet, our lenders may foreclose on the portion of our lease fleet that secures our warehouse facility. TILC, our wholly owned captive leasing subsidiary, uses borrowings under a warehouse facility to initially finance the railcars it purchases from us. Borrowings under the warehouse facility are secured by the specific railcars financed by such borrowings and the underlying leases. The warehouse facility is nonrecourse to us and to our other subsidiaries other than Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, or TRL II, a qualified subsidiary of TILC that is the borrower under the warehouse facility. Borrowings under the warehouse facility are available through August 2005, and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2006, August 2006, and February 2007. A decline in the value of the railcars securing borrowings under the warehouse facility, or in the creditworthiness of the lessees under the associated leases, could reduce TRL II’s ability to obtain long-term financing for such railcars. Additionally, fluctuations in interest rates from the time TRL II purchases railcars with short-term borrowings under the warehouse facility and the time TRL II obtains permanent financing for such railcars could decrease our profitability on the leasing of the railcars and could have an adverse impact on our financial results. If TRL II is unable to obtain long-term financing to replace borrowings under the warehouse facility, Trinity may decide to satisfy TRL II’s indebtedness under the warehouse facility or the lenders under the warehouse facility may foreclose on the portion of TRL II’s lease fleet pledged to secure this facility. As of December 31, 2004, there was $42.7 million of indebtedness outstanding and $257.3 million was available under the warehouse facility.

27


Table of Contents

      We may be unable to remarket leased railcars on favorable terms, which could result in lower lease utilization rates and reduced revenues. The profitability of our railcar leasing business is dependent in part on our ability to re-lease or sell railcars we own upon the expiration of existing lease terms. Our ability to remarket leased railcars profitably is dependent upon several factors, including, among others:
•  the cost of and demand for newer models;
 
•  the availability in the market generally of other used or new railcars;
 
•  the degree of obsolescence of the leased railcars;
 
•  prevailing market and economic conditions, including interest and inflation rates;
 
•  the need for refurbishment;
 
•  the cost of materials and labor; and
 
•  volume of railcar traffic.
      A downturn in the industries in which our lessees operate and decreased demand for railcars could also increase our exposure to remarket risk because lessees may demand shorter lease terms, requiring us to remarket leased railcars more frequently. Furthermore, the resale market for previously leased railcars has a limited number of potential buyers. Our inability to re-lease or sell leased railcars on favorable terms could result in lower lease utilization rates and reduced revenues.
      Fluctuations in the supply of component parts used in the production of our products could have a material adverse effect on our ability to cost effectively manufacture and sell our products. A significant portion of our business depends on the adequate supply of numerous specialty components such as brakes, wheels, side frames and bolsters at competitive prices. We depend on third-party suppliers for a significant portion of our component part needs. Specialty components comprise a significant portion of the production cost of each railcar we manufacture. Due to consolidations and challenging industry conditions, the number of alternative suppliers of specialty components has declined in recent years, though generally a minimum of three suppliers continue to produce each type of component we use in our products. While we endeavor to be diligent in contractual relationships with our suppliers, a significant decrease in the availability of specialty components could materially increase our cost of goods sold or prevent us from manufacturing our products on a timely basis.
      Reductions in the availability of energy supplies or an increase in energy costs may increase our operating costs. We use natural gas at our manufacturing facilities and use diesel fuel in vehicles to transport our tank containers to customers and to operate our plant equipment. Over the past three years, prices for natural gas have fluctuated significantly. An outbreak or escalation of hostilities between the United States and any foreign power and, in particular, a prolonged armed conflict in the Middle East, could result in a real or perceived shortage of petroleum and/or natural gas, which could result in an increase in the cost of natural gas prices or energy generally. Future limitations on the availability or consumption of petroleum products and/or an increase in energy costs, particularly natural gas for plant operations and diesel fuel for vehicles and plant equipment, could have an adverse effect upon our ability to conduct our business cost effectively.
      Our manufacturer’s warranties expose us to potentially significant claims. We warrant the workmanship and materials of many of our products under express limited warranties. Accordingly, we may be subject to significant warranty claims in the future such as multiple claims based on one defect repeated throughout our mass production process or claims for which the cost of repairing the defective part is highly disproportionate to the original cost of the part. These types of warranty claims could result in costly product recalls, significant repair costs and damage to our reputation.
      Increasing insurance claims and expenses could lower profitability and increase business risk. The nature of our business subjects us to product liability, property damage and personal injury claims, especially in connection with the repair and manufacture of products that transport hazardous or volatile materials. We maintain reserves and liability insurance coverage at levels based upon commercial norms in the industries in which we operate and our historical claims experience. Over the last several years, insurance carriers have raised premiums for many companies operating in our industries. Increased premiums may further increase our insurance expense as coverages expire or cause us to raise our self-insured retention. If the number or severity of claims within our self-insured retention increases, we could suffer costs in excess of our

28


Table of Contents

reserves. An unusually large liability claim or a string of claims based on a failure repeated throughout our mass production process may exceed our insurance coverage or result in direct damages if we were unable or elected not to insure against certain hazards because of high premiums or other reasons. In addition, the availability of, and our ability to collect on, insurance coverage is often subject to factors beyond our control. Moreover, any accident or incident involving us, even if we are fully insured or not held to be liable, could negatively affect our reputation among customers and the public, thereby making it more difficult for us to compete effectively, and could significantly affect the cost and availability of insurance in the future.
      Risks related to our operations outside of the United States could decrease our profitability. Our operations outside of the United States are subject to the risks associated with cross-border business transactions and activities. Political, legal, trade or economic changes or instability could limit or curtail our respective foreign business activities and operations. Some foreign countries where we operate have regulatory authorities that regulate railroad safety, railcar design and railcar component part design, performance and manufacture of equipment used on their railroad systems. If we fail to obtain and maintain certifications of our railcars and railcar parts within the various foreign countries where we operate, we may be unable to market and sell our railcars in those countries. In addition, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, more stringent rules relating to labor or the environment, adverse tax consequences and price exchange controls could limit operations and make the manufacture and distribution of our products difficult. Furthermore, any material change in the quotas, regulations or duties on imports imposed by the U.S. government and agencies or on exports by the government of Mexico or its agencies could affect our ability to export the railcars and propane tanks that we manufacture in Mexico.
      Because we do not have employment contracts with our key management employees, we may not be able to retain their services in the future. Our success depends on the continued services of our key management employees, none of whom currently have employment agreements with us. Although we have historically been successful in retaining the services of our key management, we may be unable to do so in the future. The loss of the services of one or more key members of our management team could result in increased costs associated with attracting and retaining a replacement and could disrupt our operations and result in a loss of revenues.
      Repercussions from terrorist activities or armed conflict could harm our business. Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflict involving the United States or its interests abroad may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting our financial and other obligations. In particular, the negative impacts of these events may affect the industries in which we operate. This could result in delays in or cancellations of the purchase of our products or shortages in raw materials or component parts. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.
      Violations of or changes in the regulatory requirements applicable to the industries in which we operate may increase our operating costs. We are subject to extensive regulation by governmental regulatory and industry authorities. Our railcar operations are subject to regulation by the Environmental Protection Agency; the Research and Special Programs Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; the Federal Railroad Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation, and the Association of American Railroads. These organizations establish rules and regulations for the railcar industry, including construction specifications and standards for the design and manufacture of railcars ; mechanical, maintenance and related standards for railcars; safety of railroad equipment, tracks and operations; and packaging and transportation of hazardous materials. Future changes that affect compliance costs may have a material adverse effect on financial conditions and operations.
      Our Inland Barge operations are subject to regulation by the United States Coast Guard; the National Transportation Safety Board; the United States Customs Service; the Maritime Administration of the United States Department of Transportation; and private industry organizations such as the American Bureau of Shipping. These organizations establish safety criteria, investigate vessel accidents and recommend improved safety standards. Violations of these regulations and related laws can

29


Table of Contents

result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctions curtailing operations.
      Our operations are also subject to regulation of health and safety matters by the United States Occupations Safety and Health Administration. We believe that we employ appropriate precautions to protect our employees and others from workplace injuries and harmful exposure to materials handled and managed at our facilities. However, claims that may be asserted against us for work-related illnesses or injury, and the further adoption of occupational health and safety regulations in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate could increase our operating costs. We are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these health and safety laws and regulations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceedings, that such costs would not be material to us.
      We may be required to reduce our inventory carrying values, which would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. We are required to record our inventories at the lower of cost or market. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, we are required to make judgments as to future demand requirements and compare that with the current or committed inventory levels. We have recorded reductions in inventory carrying values in recent periods due to discontinuance of product lines as well as changes in market conditions due to changes in demand requirements. We may be required to reduce inventory carrying values in the future due to a decline in market conditions in the railcar business, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
      We may be required to reduce the value of our long-lived assets and/or goodwill, which would weaken our financial condition and results of operations. We periodically evaluate the carrying values of our long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows and the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying value. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved or market quotes as available. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets. In addition, we are required, at least annually, to evaluate goodwill related to acquired businesses for potential impairment indicators that are based primarily on market conditions in the United States and Europe and the operational performance of our reporting units. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses is impaired. Any resulting impairment loss related to reductions in the value of our long-lived assets or our goodwill could weaken our financial condition and results of operations.
      We may incur increased costs due to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We seek to minimize these risks, when considered appropriate, through the use of currency and interest rate hedges and similar financial instruments and other activities, although these measures may not be implemented or effective. Any material and untimely changes in interest rates or exchange rates could result in significant losses to us.
      Additional Information. Our Internet website address is www.trin.net. Information on the website is available “free of charge”. We make available on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
      Our earnings could be affected by changes in interest rates due to the impact those changes have on our variable rate debt obligations, which represented approximately 8% of our total debt as of December 31, 2004. We have hedged all of this exposure with interest rate swaps leaving none of our total debt exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. If interest rates average one percentage point more in fiscal year 2005 than they did during in 2004, our interest expense would not increase as all of our variable debt is hedged. In comparison, at December 31, 2003, we estimated that if interest

30


Table of Contents

rates averaged one percentage point more in fiscal year 2004 than they did during the year ended December 31, 2003, interest expense would have increased by approximately $0.7 million. The impact of an increase in interest rates was determined based on the impact of the hypothetical change in interest rates and scheduled principal payments on our variable-rate debt obligations as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.
      In addition, we are subject to market risk related to our net investments in our foreign subsidiaries. The net investment in foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 is $108.6 million. However, the impact of such market risk exposures as a result of foreign exchange rate fluctuations has not been material to us.

31


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Trinity Industries, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
         
    Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    33  
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
    34  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    35  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003
    36  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    37  
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    38  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    39  

32


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
     Trinity Industries, Inc.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
      We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Trinity Industries, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 4, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 4, 2005

33


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
     Trinity Industries, Inc.
      We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Trinity Industries, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
      In our opinion, management’s assessment that Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the COSO criteria.
      We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Trinity Industries, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 of Trinity Industries, Inc. and our report dated March 4, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 4, 2005

34


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions except per share data)
Revenues
  $ 2,198.1     $ 1,432.8     $ 1,487.3  
Operating costs:
                       
 
Cost of revenues
    2,015.8       1,271.8       1,326.2  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    168.2       147.6       150.4  
                   
      2,184.0       1,419.4       1,476.6  
                   
Operating profit
    14.1       13.4       10.7  
Other (income) expense:
                       
 
Interest income
    (10.1 )     (0.7 )     (1.2 )
 
Interest expense
    42.8       34.9       36.3  
 
Other, net
    (3.5 )     (6.5 )      
                   
      29.2       27.7       35.1  
                   
Loss before income taxes
    (15.1 )     (14.3 )     (24.4 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                       
 
Current
    (0.9 )     (14.4 )     (60.8 )
 
Deferred
    (4.9 )     10.1       56.0  
                   
      (5.8 )     (4.3 )     (4.8 )
                   
Net loss
    (9.3 )     (10.0 )     (19.6 )
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (3.1 )     (1.6 )      
                   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (12.4 )   $ (11.6 )   $ (19.6 )
                   
Net loss per common share:
                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )
                   
 
Diluted
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )
                   
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                       
 
Basic
    46.5       45.6       45.3  
 
Diluted
    46.5       45.6       45.3  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

35


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                   
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 182.3     $ 46.0  
Receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6.4 at December 31, 2004 and $7.7 at December 31, 2003)
    214.2       198.1  
Inventories:
               
 
Raw materials and supplies
    248.0       158.4  
 
Work in process
    100.0       60.0  
 
Finished goods
    54.3       39.6  
             
      402.3       258.0  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    1,520.9       1,627.1  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (710.0 )     (681.9 )
             
      810.9       945.2  
Goodwill
    420.4       415.1  
Other assets
    180.1       145.5  
             
    $ 2,210.2     $ 2,007.9  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 511.7     $ 460.2  
Debt:
               
 
Recourse
    475.3       298.5  
 
Non-recourse
    42.7       96.7  
             
      518.0       395.2  
Deferred income
    47.2       32.2  
Other liabilities
    62.2       58.7  
             
      1,139.1       946.3  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value, $0.1 liquidation value
    58.2       57.8  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock — 1.5 shares authorized and unissued
           
 
Common stock — shares authorized — 100.0; shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 — 50.9; at December 31, 2003 — 50.9
    50.9       50.9  
 
Capital in excess of par value
    432.6       434.7  
 
Retained earnings
    626.2       649.9  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (25.3 )     (27.3 )
 
Treasury stock — at December 31, 2004 — 3.1 shares; at December 31, 2003 — 4.3 shares
    (71.5 )     (104.4 )
             
      1,012.9       1,003.8  
             
    $ 2,210.2     $ 2,007.9  
             
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                               
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Operating activities:
                       
 
Net loss
  $ (9.3 )   $ (10.0 )   $ (19.6 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (required) provided by operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    87.2       85.6       90.7  
   
Deferred income taxes
    (4.9 )     10.1       56.0  
   
Gain on sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (5.7 )     (10.0 )     (4.5 )
   
Other
    (9.8 )     (7.6 )     5.3  
   
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
                       
     
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (16.4 )     (29.9 )     26.3  
     
Decrease (increase) in tax receivables
          50.0       (40.2 )
     
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (143.3 )     (44.7 )     61.9  
     
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (31.4 )     (4.9 )     20.5  
     
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    39.3       73.5       (55.9 )
     
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    11.7       (7.4 )     (19.8 )
                   
Net cash (required) provided by operating activities
    (82.6 )     104.7       120.7  
Investing activities:
                       
 
Proceeds from sale/leaseback,
    212.3       200.0        
 
Proceeds sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    55.8       51.6       22.5  
 
Capital expenditures — lease subsidiary
    (164.0 )     (264.7 )     (134.5 )
 
Capital expenditures — other
    (34.2 )     (20.2 )     (37.7 )
 
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (15.7 )     (7.6 )     (1.4 )
 
Sale of investment in equity trust
    8.5              
                   
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    62.7       (40.9 )     (151.1 )
Financing activities:
                       
 
Issuance of common stock
    21.6       10.2       31.2  
 
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock
          57.6        
 
Payments to retire debt
    (301.6 )     (379.7 )     (786.1 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    450.0       286.0       798.7  
 
Dividends paid to common shareholders
    (11.1 )     (11.0 )     (16.5 )
 
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
    (2.7 )            
                   
Net cash provided (required) by financing activities
    156.2       (36.9 )     27.3  
                   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
    136.3       26.9       (3.1 )
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    46.0       19.1       22.2  
                   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 182.3     $ 46.0     $ 19.1  
                   
Interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, was $32.0 million, $30.0 million, and $26.9 million, respectively. Taxes paid, net of refunds received, were $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Taxes received, net of taxes paid, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, were $66.7 million, and $15.5 million, respectively.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

37


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
                                                                   
        Common   Capital       Accumulated            
        Stock   in Excess       Other       Treasury   Total
    Common   $1.00 Par   of Par   Retained   Comprehensive   Treasury   Stock   Stockholders’
    Shares   Value   Value   Earnings   Loss   Shares   at Cost   Equity
                                 
    (In millions except share and per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2001
    50,946,351     $ 51.0     $ 464.7     $ 703.4     $ (26.0 )     (6,608,522 )   $ (183.7 )   $ 1,009.4  
 
Net loss
                      (19.6 )                       (19.6 )
 
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                            (20.8 )                 (20.8 )
 
Currency translation adjustments (net of tax)
                            9.2                   9.2  
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments (net of tax)
                            2.7                   2.7  
                                                 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (28.5 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.24 per common share)
                      (11.2 )                       (11.2 )
 
Stock issued
                (19.9 )                 1,500,000       51.1       31.2  
 
Other
    (6,000 )     (0.1 )     (2.7 )                 67,813       3.5       0.7  
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2002
    50,940,351       50.9       442.1       672.6       (34.9 )     (5,040,709 )     (129.1 )     1,001.6  
 
Net loss
                      (10.0 )                       (10.0 )
 
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                            7.0                   7.0  
 
Currency translation adjustments (net of tax)
                            (0.1 )                 (0.1 )
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments (net of tax)
                            0.7                   0.7  
                                                 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (2.4 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.24 per common share)
                      (11.1 )                       (11.1 )
 
Dividends — Series B preferred stock
                      (1.6 )                       (1.6 )
 
Restricted shares issued
                (4.5 )                 356,685       11.2       6.7  
 
Stock options exercised (including tax benefit of $1.2)
                (2.5 )                 401,791       12.7       10.2  
 
Other
                (0.4 )                 21,373       0.8       0.4  
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    50,940,351       50.9       434.7       649.9       (27.3 )     (4,260,860 )     (104.4 )     1,003.8  
 
Net loss
                      (9.3 )                       (9.3 )
 
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                            (5.8 )                 (5.8 )
 
Currency translation adjustments (net of tax)
                            6.6                   6.6  
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments (net of tax)
                            1.2                   1.2  
                                                 
 
Comprehensive net income
                                                            (7.3 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.24 per common share)
                      (11.3 )                       (11.3 )
 
Dividends — Series B preferred stock
                      (3.1 )                       (3.1 )
 
Restricted shares issued
                3.3                   359,295       7.2       10.5  
 
Stock options exercised (including tax benefit of $2.9)
                (5.8 )                 826,625       27.4       21.6  
 
Other
                0.4                   (56,288 )     (1.7 )     (1.3 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    50,940,351     $ 50.9     $ 432.6     $ 626.2     $ (25.3 )     (3,131,228 )   $ (71.5 )   $ 1,012.9  
                                                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

38


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
      The financial statements of Trinity Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Trinity” or the “Company”) include the accounts of all majority owned subsidiaries. The equity method of accounting is used for companies in which the Company has significant influence and 50% or less ownership. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Revenue Recognition
      The Company generally recognizes revenue when products are shipped or services are provided. Revenues for contracts providing for a large number of units and few deliveries are recorded as the individual units are produced, inspected and accepted by the customer. Revenues from construction contracts are recorded using percentage of completion accounting, using incurred labor hours to estimated total hours of the contract. Estimated losses on contracts are recorded when determined. Revenue from rentals and operating leases are recorded monthly as the fees accrue. Fees for shipping and handling are recorded as revenue.
Income Taxes
      The liability method is used to account for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary effects of differences in the recognition of revenues and expenses for financial statement and income tax reporting purposes. Valuation allowances reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that will more likely than not be realized.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
      Basic net income (loss) per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The numerator is net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The difference between the denominator in the basic calculation and the denominator in the diluted calculation is generally attributable to the effect of employee stock options. Diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is based only on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, as the inclusion of stock options would have been antidilutive. The number of antidilutive options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was 1,119,571; 342,545; and 81,120, respectively. The Series B preferred stock was antidilutive for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, and therefore, not considered in the diluted net income (loss) per common share calculation.
Financial Instruments
      The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
      Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk are primarily cash investments and receivables. The Company places its cash investments in investment grade, short-term debt instruments and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one commercial issuer. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to control procedures to monitor the credit worthiness of customers, the large number of customers in the Company’s customer base, and their dispersion across different industries and geographic areas. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all receivables.
      The Company formally documents all hedging instruments and assesses on an ongoing basis whether hedging transactions are highly effective. It is the Company’s policy not to speculate in derivatives. All hedging instruments outstanding at December 31, 2004 have been designated as cash flow hedges.
      Interest rate swap agreements are utilized to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on certain debt. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had six interest rate swap agreements outstanding. These agreements have a total notional amount of $150.0 million and expire from May 2005 to May 2006. The Company pays an average fixed rate of 2.71% and receives a floating rate based on the three-month LIBOR rates. Currently, $100 million of the interest rate swap agreements, having a total notional amount of $100 million, is not effective due to the pay down of the warehouse facility (see Note 7). The impact of marking these interest rate swaps to market was not significant.

39


Table of Contents

Inventories
      Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined principally on the specific identification method. Market is replacement cost or net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment
      Depreciation and amortization are generally computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 2 to 30 years. The costs of ordinary maintenance and repair are charged to expense while renewals and major replacements are capitalized.
      The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved or market quotes as available. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets. In 2003, operating profit in the Industrial Products Group was impacted by $0.9 million related to the write down of long-lived assets in Brazil.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
      Goodwill is tested by reporting unit at least annually as of November 30 for impairment by reporting unit by comparing their fair value to their book value. Intangible assets with defined useful lives, which as of December 31, 2004 were $5.0 million, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are periodically evaluated for potential impairment.
Insurance
      The Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation. A third party administrator is used to process claims. The Company accrues the workers’ compensation liability based upon independent actuarial studies.
Warranties
      The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and assesses the adequacy of the resulting reserves on a quarterly basis.
Foreign Currency Translation
      Operations outside the United States prepare financial statements in currencies other than the United States dollar, the income statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year, while the assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments are accumulated as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss except in foreign countries where the functional currency is considered highly inflationary. Total accumulated currency adjustments (net of tax) recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) was $4.2 million at December 31, 2004.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
      Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments, the effective unrealized portions of changes in fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments and the minimum pension liability adjustment. All components are shown net of tax.
Stock-Based Compensation
      The Company has elected to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (APB No. 25) and its interpretations and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recorded for stock options. The effect of computing compensation cost and the weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 using the

40


Table of Contents

Black-Scholes option pricing method for stock options are shown in the accompanying table.
                           
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
Estimated fair value per share of options granted
  $ 10.78     $ 5.35     $ 8.36  
Pro forma (in millions):
                       
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders, as reported
  $ (12.4 )   $ (11.6 )   $ (19.6 )
 
Add: Stock compensation expense related to restricted stock
    2.9       2.2       2.0  
 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related income tax effects
    (5.6 )     (6.2 )     (7.9 )
                   
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (15.1 )   $ (15.6 )   $ (25.5 )
                   
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders per diluted share
  $ (0.32 )   $ (0.34 )   $ (0.56 )
                   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per diluted share — as reported
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )
                   
Black-Scholes assumptions:
                       
 
Expected option life (years)
    6.0       6.0       6.0  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    4.2 %     2.5 %     4.75 %
 
Dividend yield
    0.84 %     1.4 %     1.1 %
 
Common stock volatility
    0.35       0.34       0.36  
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payments”. SFAS No. 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”, and supersedes APB 25. Among other items, SFAS 123R eliminates the use of APB 25 and the intrinsic value method of accounting, and requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, based on the grant date fair value of those awards, in the financial statements. The effective date of SFAS 123R is the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005, which is the third quarter of the Company’s year ending December 31, 2005. The Company currently expects to adopt SFAS 123R effective July 1, 2005 using the “modified prospective” method. Under the modified prospective method, compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date, based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R. Financial information for periods prior to the date of adoption of SFAS 123R would not be restated. The Company currently utilizes a standard option pricing model (i.e., Black-Scholes) to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees. While SFAS 123R permits entities to continue to use such a model, the standard also permits the use of a “lattice” model. The Company has not yet determined which model will be used to measure the fair value of awards of equity instruments to employees upon the adoption of SFAS 123R.
      We believe the adoption of SFAS 123R will not have a significant effect on the Company’s future results of operations nor will it not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position. The impact of SFAS 123R on the Company’s results of operations cannot be predicted at this time, because it will depend on the number of equity awards granted in the future, as well as the model and assumptions used to value the awards. However, had the Company adopted the requirements of SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact would have approximated the amounts disclosed in the table above.
      SFAS 123R also requires that the benefits associated with the tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. Future amounts cannot be estimated because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options. However, the amounts recognized in prior periods for such excess tax deductions were not material for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

41


Table of Contents

Management Estimates
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications
      Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year statements to conform to the current period presentation.
Note 2. Segment Information
      The Company reports operating results in the following business segments: (1) the Rail Group, which manufactures and sells railcars and component parts; (2) the Construction Products Group which manufactures and sells highway guardrail and safety products, concrete and aggregates, girders and beams used in the construction of highway and railway bridges and weld fittings used in pressure piping systems; (3) the Inland Barge Group which manufactures and sells barges and related products for inland waterway services; (4) the Industrial Products Group, which manufactures and sells tank heads and pressure and non-pressure containers for the storage and transportation of liquefied gases and other liquid and dry products; and (5) the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group which provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Finally, All Other includes the Company’s captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers, and other peripheral businesses.
      Sales from the Rail Group to the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group are recorded in the Rail Group and eliminated in consolidation. Sales of railcars from the lease fleet are included in the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Sales between groups are recorded at prices comparable to external customers.
      The financial information for these segments is shown in the tables below. The Company operates principally in the continental United States, Mexico, Romania, the United Kingdom, the Czech Republic and Brazil.
Year Ended December 31, 2004
                                                         
    Revenues   Operating            
        Profit       Depreciation &   Capital
    Outside   Intersegment   Total   (Loss)   Assets   Amortization   Expenditures
                             
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ 1,080.7     $ 175.2     $ 1,255.9     $ (18.5 )   $ 954.9     $ 17.5     $ 5.2  
Construction Products Group
    576.4       1.7       578.1       40.4       260.3       24.5       18.7  
Inland Barge Group
    210.4             210.4       (14.8 )     65.4       3.0       3.7  
Industrial Products Group
    136.7       6.7       143.4       15.3       112.8       5.5       2.2  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    181.0             181.0       42.0       600.4       27.7       164.0  
All Other
    12.9       30.6       43.5       (3.5 )     41.1       2.6       1.2  
Corporate
                      (32.6 )     175.3       6.4       3.2  
Eliminations
          (214.2 )     (214.2 )     (14.2 )                  
                                           
Consolidated Total
  $ 2,198.1     $     $ 2,198.1     $ 14.1     $ 2,210.2     $ 87.2     $ 198.2  
                                           

42


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                                         
    Revenues   Operating            
        Profit       Depreciation &   Capital
    Outside   Intersegment   Total   (Loss)   Assets   Amortization   Expenditures
                             
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ 494.5     $ 240.1     $ 734.6     $ (6.2 )   $ 835.3     $ 18.2     $ 3.5  
Construction Products Group
    488.8       1.1       489.9       37.5       227.3       23.0       12.4  
Inland Barge Group
    170.6             170.6       (4.7 )     66.2       2.8       1.5  
Industrial Products Group
    120.7       4.1       124.8       8.4       90.4       4.4       1.5  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    153.8             153.8       41.0       695.6       27.0       264.7  
All Other
    4.4       26.5       30.9       (8.4 )     26.9       3.4       0.3  
Corporate
                      (34.5 )     66.2       6.8       1.0  
Eliminations
          (271.8 )     (271.8 )     (19.7 )                  
                                           
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,432.8     $     $ 1,432.8     $ 13.4     $ 2,007.9     $ 85.6     $ 284.9  
                                           
Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                                         
    Revenues   Operating            
        Profit       Depreciation &   Capital
    Outside   Intersegment   Total   (Loss)   Assets   Amortization   Expenditures
                             
    (in millions)
Rail Group
  $ 504.3     $ 125.1     $ 629.4     $ (41.5 )   $ 819.8     $ 20.7     $ 7.1  
Construction Products Group
    503.9       0.9       504.8       48.3       233.6       24.1       17.1  
Inland Barge Group
    211.7             211.7       4.7       71.0       3.2       1.8  
Industrial Products Group
    140.1       3.0       143.1       2.4       89.7       5.8       5.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    114.7             114.7       31.3       635.3       27.6       139.0  
All Other
    12.6       26.9       39.5       (5.7 )     40.3       4.2        
Corporate
                      (22.9 )     66.8       5.1       1.8  
Eliminations
          (155.9 )     (155.9 )     (5.9 )                  
                                           
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,487.3     $     $ 1,487.3     $ 10.7     $ 1,956.5     $ 90.7     $ 172.2  
                                           
      Corporate assets are composed of cash and equivalents, notes receivable, certain property, plant and equipment, and other assets. Capital expenditures do not include business acquisitions.
      Revenues and operating profit for our foreign operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented below:
                                                 
    Revenues   Operating Profit (Loss)
         
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,
         
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    (in millions)
Latin America
  $ 46.3     $ 45.2     $ 63.5     $ 6.3     $ 6.1     $ 10.8  
Europe
    189.2       139.6       185.8       1.9       (4.0 )     (4.6 )
                                     
Total Foreign
  $ 235.5     $ 184.8     $ 249.3     $ 8.2     $ 2.1     $ 6.2  
                                     

43


Table of Contents

      Total assets and long-lived assets for our foreign operations as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are presented below:
                                 
    Total Assets   Long-Lived Assets
         
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2004   2003
                 
    (in millions)
Latin America
  $ 137.3     $ 120.0     $ 70.5     $ 90.9  
Europe
    155.3       124.9       62.3       58.2  
                         
Total Foreign
  $ 292.6     $ 244.9     $ 132.8     $ 149.1  
                         
Note 3.  Acquisitions and Divestitures
      The Company made an acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2004 accounted for by the purchase method. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $15.7 million. This acquisition was in the Company’s Construction Products Group. Other intangibles of approximately $0.8 million and goodwill of approximately $5.0 million were recorded on the 2004 acquisition. The acquired operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the acquisition. Pro forma results would not have been materially different from actual results for any year presented.
      The Company made certain acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2003 accounted for by the purchase method. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $7.6 million. These acquisitions were primarily in the Company’s Construction Products Group. Other intangibles of $3.9 million were recorded, however, no goodwill was recorded on the 2003 acquisitions. The acquired operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective dates of the acquisitions. Pro forma results would not have been materially different from actual results for any year presented.
      On October 26, 2001, Trinity completed a merger transaction with privately owned Thrall Car Manufacturing Company (“Thrall”). Per the merger agreement, Trinity has agreed under certain circumstances to make additional payments, not to exceed $45 million through 2006, based on a formula related to annual railcar industry production levels. Recent industry estimates of railcar shipments suggest the Company could owe additional amounts. If any amounts are paid goodwill will be increased. At December 31, 2004, the Company had a receivable from a former owner of Thrall for $3.4 million related to representations and warranties under the merger agreement. A former officer and indirect shareholder of Thrall is a beneficial holder of Company shares and a director of the Company.
Note 4. Property, Plant and Equipment
                 
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Corporate/ Manufacturing Land
  $ 52.8     $ 50.8  
Buildings and improvements
    352.1       355.8  
Machinery
    469.6       450.4  
Construction in progress
    10.7       11.6  
             
      885.2       868.6  
Leasing Equipment
    635.7       758.5  
             
    $ 1,520.9     $ 1,627.1  
             
      The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases. Future minimum rent expense on these leases in each years are (in millions): 2005 — $8.3; 2006 — $4.0; 2007 — $3.8; 2008 — $3.7; 2009 — $3.2 and $4.2 thereafter. See Note 8 for information related to the lease agreements, future operating lease obligations and future minimum rent expense associated with the Company’s wholly owned, qualified subsidiaries.
      The Company estimates the fair market value of properties no longer in use or held for sale based on the location and condition of the properties, the fair market value of similar properties in the area, and the Company’s experience of selling similar properties in the past. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had non-operating plants with a net book value of $13.4 million. The Company’s estimated fair value of these assets exceeds their book value.
Note 5. Goodwill
      Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise. As of November 30, 2004, the Company’s impairment test

44


Table of Contents

of goodwill was completed at the reporting unit level and impairment was not indicated. Goodwill by segment is as follows:
                 
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Rail
  $ 404.8     $ 404.5  
Construction Products
    9.5       4.5  
Industrial Products
    4.3       4.3  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services
    1.8       1.8  
             
    $ 420.4     $ 415.1  
             
Note 6. Warranties
      The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and assesses the adequacy of the resulting reserves on a quarterly basis. The change in the accruals for warranties for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:
                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Beginning balance
  $ 23.0     $ 20.8  
Additions
    8.0       16.5  
Reductions
    (11.7 )     (14.3 )
             
Ending balance
  $ 19.3     $ 23.0  
             
Note 7. Debt
                     
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Corporate/ Manufacturing — Recourse:
               
 
Revolving commitment
  $     $  
 
Term commitment
          122.8  
 
Senior notes
    300.0        
 
Other
    5.3       5.7  
             
      305.3       128.5  
             
Leasing — Recourse
               
 
7.755 percent equipment trust certificates to institutional investors generally payable in semi-annual installments of varying amounts through 2009
    170.0       170.0  
             
      170.0       170.0  
             
      475.3       298.5  
             
Leasing — Non-recourse
               
 
Warehouse facility
    42.7       71.1  
 
Trust debt (see Note 8)
          25.6  
             
      42.7       96.7  
             
   
Total debt
  $ 518.0     $ 395.2  
             
      In March 2004, the Company issued $300 million aggregate principal amount 61/2% senior notes (Senior Notes) due 2014, through a private offering. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually commencing September 15, 2004. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior debt but are subordinated to all the Company’s existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2009 at a redemption price of 103.25% in 2009, 102.167% in 2010, 101.083% in 2011 and 100.0% in 2012 and thereafter plus accrued interest. The Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed on or before March 15, 2007 at a redemption price of 106.5% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes could restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional debt; make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; create certain liens; merge; consolidate; or sell substantially all or a portion of its assets. The Company applied approximately $163 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under its existing bank credit facility. In September 2004, as required by the contract with the purchasers of the Senior Notes due 2014, the Company made an offer to exchange all of the privately placed Senior Notes for an equal principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2014, which are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and have substantially identical terms. All of the privately placed Senior Notes were exchanged for registered Senior Notes due 2014.
      In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company extended its secured credit agreement to provide for a three-year, $250 million revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility for periods after the first quarter of 2004 will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon financial performance. The Company’s accounts receivable and inventory secure the agreement. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to the Company’s leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments based upon the

45


Table of Contents

current credit rating of the Company not to exceed $25 million annually. At December 31, 2004, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. After $118.4 million was considered for letters of credit, $131.6 million was available under the revolving credit facility.
      Trinity Industries Leasing Company (“TILC”), through a wholly owned and consolidated business trust, has $42.7 million outstanding of a $300 million non-recourse warehouse facility to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TILC. The warehouse facility is due August 2005 and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2006, August 2006, and February 2007. Railcars financed by the warehouse facility have historically been refinanced under long-term financing agreements. Specific railcars and the underlying leases secure the facility. Advances under the facility may not exceed 75% of the fair market value of the eligible railcars securing the facility as defined by the agreement. Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin (for an all in rate of 3.6662% at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, $257.3 million was available under this facility.
      In February 2002 TILC sold $170 million of 2002-1 Pass Through Certificates with interest at 7.755%, commencing on August 15, 2002 and due semiannually thereafter. Equipment notes issued by TILC for the benefit of the holders of the Pass Through Certificates are collateralized by interest in certain railcars owned by TILC and the leases pursuant to which such railcars are leased to customers. The equipment notes, including the obligations to make payments of principal and interest thereon are direct obligations of TILC and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Trinity Industries, Inc. as guarantor.
      Principal payments due during the next five years as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:
                                                     
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   Thereafter
                         
    (in millions)
Recourse
                                               
 
Corporate/ Manufacturing
  $ 0.5     $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 0.1     $     $ 303.4  
 
Leasing (Note 8)
    39.9       10.3       43.5       14.2       62.1        
 
Capital leases — Corporate
    0.5       0.3       0.1                    
Non-recourse
                                               
 
Leasing (Note 8)
    0.9       27.9       13.9                    
                                     
   
Total principal payments
  $ 41.8     $ 38.7     $ 57.7     $ 14.3     $ 62.1     $ 303.4  
                                     
      Commitments under letters of credit, primarily related to insurance, are $124.2 million, expiring $121.8 million in 2005 and $2.4 million after 2009.

46


Table of Contents

Note 8.  Railcar Leasing and Management
Services Group
      The Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group (“Leasing Group”) provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Selected combined financial information for the Leasing Group is as follows:
                   
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Balance Sheet
               
Cash
  $ 7.2     $ 5.3  
Leasing equipment, net
               
 
Machinery
    33.3       31.0  
 
Equipment on lease
    602.4       725.8  
 
Construction in progress
          1.7  
             
      635.7       758.5  
 
Accumulated depreciation
    (120.4 )     (112.9 )
             
      515.3       645.6  
Restricted assets
    65.5       39.5  
Debt Recourse
    170.0       170.0  
 
Non-recourse
    42.7       96.7  
                         
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Income Statement
                       
Revenues
  $ 181.0     $ 153.8     $ 114.7  
Operating profit
    42.0       41.0       31.3  
      Interest expense, which is not a component of operating profit, was $18.4 million, $16.4 million and $12.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      Equipment consists primarily of railcars leased by third parties. The Leasing Group enters into lease contracts with third parties with terms generally ranging between one and twenty years, wherein equipment manufactured by Trinity is leased for a specified type of service over the term of the lease. The Company primarily enters into operating leases. Future minimum rental revenues on leases in each year are (in millions): 2005 — $103.7; 2006 — $90.7; 2007 — $79.6; 2008 — $65.1; 2009 — $52.4 and $272.7 thereafter. Leasing Group equipment with a net book value of $409.0 million is pledged as collateral for debt.
      The Leasing Group’s debt consists of both recourse and non-recourse debt. See Note 7 for maturities for the debt.
      During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group completed a series of financing transactions whereby railcars were sold to one or more separate independent owner trusts. Each trust financed the purchase of the railcars with a combination of debt and equity. In each transaction, the equity participant in the trust is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. The Leasing Group, through newly formed, wholly owned qualified subsidiaries, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years, and subleased the railcars to independent third party customers under shorter term operating leases. Under the terms of the operating lease agreements between the subsidiaries and trusts, the Leasing Group has the option to purchase at a predetermined fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2016 and other railcars in 2019. The Leasing Group also has options to purchase the railcars at the end of the respective lease agreements in 2023, 2026 and 2027 at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreements, we have no further obligations thereunder.
      The Leasing Group’s subsidiaries had total assets as of December 31, 2004 of $181.4 million including cash of $59.1 million and Leasing Group railcars of $109.4 million. The cash and railcars are pledged to collateralize the lease obligations to the trusts and are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Trinity does not guarantee the performance of the subsidiaries’ lease obligations. Certain ratios and cash deposits must be maintained by the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries in order for excess cash flow, as defined in the agreements, from the lease to third parties, to be available to Trinity. Future operating lease obligations of the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries under the lease agreements are as follows (in millions): 2005 — $54.0; 2006 — $51.8; 2007 — $48.6; 2008 — $48.8; 2009 — $47.8 and $651.2 thereafter. Future minimum rental revenues from subleased railcars as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in millions); 2005 — $66.1; 2006 — $60.0; 2007 — $53.5; 2008 — $45.1; 2009 — $34.7 and $161.2 thereafter.
      In each transaction the Leasing Group has entered into a servicing and remarketing agreement with the trusts under which the Leasing Group is required to endeavor, consistent with customary

47


Table of Contents

commercial practice as would be used by a prudent person, to maintain railcars under lease for the benefit of the trusts. The Leasing Group also receives management fees under the terms of the agreements. In each transaction, an independent trustee for the trust has authority for appointment of the railcar fleet manager.
      During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group sold $199.0 million in railcars to one independent trust. The trust financed the purchase of the railcars with $151.3 million in debt and $47.7 million in equity.
      During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group sold $235.0 million of railcars to three separate owner trusts. Two of the trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $155.0 million in debt and $45.0 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the two trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The remaining trust equity was capitalized with a contribution of $9.4 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million (see note 7). Because the Leasing Group was the sole equity participant of the third trust, the Leasing Group was the primary beneficiary and therefore the trust was included in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2003. In February 2004 the Leasing Group sold its equity ownership in the trust to a third party. Consequently, the trust, including the non-recourse debt of $25.6 million, is no longer consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Leasing Group sold $212.3 million of railcars to two independent trusts. These trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $157.2 million in debt and $55.1 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts.
Note 9.  Other, Net
      Other, net (income) expense consists of the following items:
                           
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
  $ (5.7 )   $ (10.0 )   $ (4.5 )
Foreign exchange transactions
    0.9       1.5       1.7  
Loss on equity investments
    1.7       2.0       2.0  
Other
    (0.4 )           0.8  
                   
 
Other, net
  $ (3.5 )   $ (6.5 )   $  
                   
Note 10.  Income Taxes
      The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:
                           
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ (7.7 )   $ (25.3 )   $ (59.4 )
 
State
    3.5       3.6       (3.0 )
 
Foreign
    3.3       7.3       1.6  
                   
      (0.9 )     (14.4 )     (60.8 )
Deferred
    (4.9 )     10.1       56.0  
                   
Provision (benefit)
  $ (5.8 )   $ (4.3 )   $ (4.8 )
                   
      Deferred income taxes represent the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for

48


Table of Contents

income tax purposes. The components of deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:
                   
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Depreciation
  $ 123.6     $ 161.5  
 
Inventory of foreign operations
    7.2       7.3  
 
Other foreign deferred liabilities
    3.9       0.4  
 
Other
    3.9       7.5  
             
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    138.6       176.7  
             
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Pensions and other benefits
    40.0       42.3  
 
Accounts receivable, inventory, and other asset valuation accounts
    32.5       34.7  
 
Equity items
    11.1       14.7  
 
Tax loss carry forward and credits
    46.9       75.5  
 
Other foreign deferred assets
    1.5       3.7  
 
Other
    4.5        
             
 
Total deferred tax assets
    136.5       170.9  
Net deferred tax liabilities before valuation allowance
    2.1       5.8  
 
Valuation allowance
    21.6       22.0  
             
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ 23.7     $ 27.8  
             
      At December 31, 2004, the Company had $52.1 million of Federal consolidated net operating loss carryforwards and tax effected $11.8 million of state loss carryforwards. The Federal tax loss carryforwards are due to expire between 2011 and 2023. The total Federal tax loss carryforward includes $8.9 million pre-acquisition losses from acquired subsidiaries, which will expire between 2011 and 2013. The Company has established a valuation allowance for state net operating losses which may not be realizable. These net operating losses expire between 2007 and 2023.
      At December 31, 2004, the Company also had foreign tax loss carryforwards of approximately $77.6 million which will expire between 2005 and 2011. The Company has established a valuation allowance for foreign operating loss carryforwards due to uncertainty regarding the realizability of these foreign losses. Some of these tax loss carryforwards relate to pre-acquisition years for which no tax benefit was recognized. Any reversal of these tax losses will be recognized as an adjustment to goodwill.
      Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods. The Company believes that it will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to fully utilize its deferred tax assets, other than the tax loss carryforwards mentioned above.
      At December 31, 2004, the Internal Revenue Service has audited tax years through December 31, 2002. Certain issues are being challenged by the Internal Revenue Service that could result in the reallocation of taxable income between two or more years. Additionally, the Company and /or one or more of its subsidiaries has open audits in various states. The Company is routinely under audit by federal, foreign and state tax authorities in the areas of income, franchise, sales and use and other types of taxes. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, foreign and state tax laws. In evaluating the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, the Company accrues charges for probable exposures as well as the interest related to those exposures.
      The benefit (provision) for income taxes results in effective tax rates different from the statutory rates. The following is a reconciliation between the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate:
                         
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
Statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State taxes
    (5.9 )     (4.5 )     2.5  
Change in valuation allowance
    2.6       (3.8 )     (4.1 )
Foreign tax rate differential
    3.5       4.8       (5.4 )
Unutilized prior year tax credits
    0.1       (6.9 )     (5.3 )
Changes in tax laws and rates
    17.0              
Profit sharing expense
    (2.8 )     (1.5 )     (2.2 )
Inflation and exchange (losses) gains
    (6.0 )     12.8       2.7  
Other (net)
    (5.1 )     (5.7 )     (3.7 )
                   
Total taxes
    38.4 %     30.2 %     19.5 %
                   
      Income (loss) before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was ($32.3) million, ($23.7) million, and ($27.7) million, respectively, for U.S. operations, and $17.2 million, $9.4 million, and $3.3 million, respectively, for foreign operations. The Company has not provided U.S. deferred income taxes on the

49


Table of Contents

based on the determination that such earnings will be indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were $20.2 million as of December 31, 2004. The Company has $11.1 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards which will expire between 2012 and 2014.
      On October 22, 2004, a new tax law, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Creation Act”) was signed by the President. Among other provisions, the Jobs Creation Act allows a deduction for income from qualified domestic production activities, which will be phased in from 2005 through 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new law on its future taxable income. For financial reporting purposes, any deductions for qualified domestic production activities will be accounted for as a special deduction rather than as a rate reduction. Accordingly, any benefit from the deduction will be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the Company’s tax return.
      During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Government of Mexico enacted a new tax law allowing for the deduction of profit sharing taxes that were not previously deducted and lowering the tax rate from 33.0% to 28.0% over the next three years. The benefit of this change was recognized in the fourth quarter.
      Also during the fourth quarter of 2004, the Government of Romania changed their tax rate from 25.0% to 16.0%. The benefit of the change in the tax rate was recognized in the fourth quarter.
      In September 2004 Romania ceased being considered a hyper-inflationary economy. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities were remeasured based upon the Romanian Leu as the functional currency instead of the U.S. Dollar. The impact of this remeasurement was recorded directly as a component of stockholders’ equity.
Note 11. Employee Retirement Plans
      The Company sponsors defined benefit pension and defined contribution profit sharing plans which provide income and death benefits for eligible employees. The annual measurement date of the benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status is December 31. Effective January 1, 2005, the Company enhanced the existing profit sharing 401(k) plan to which the Company will contribute a guaranteed annual retirement contribution of up to 3.0 percent of the participating employees’ 401(k) eligible compensation. During 2004, the Company provided a one-time election for current employees to remain in the defined benefit plan or to begin receiving the new annual retirement contribution in the enhanced profit sharing 401(k) plan. All employees, hired after December 31, 2004, who would have been eligible to participate in the defined benefit plan will participate in the enhanced profit sharing 401(k) plan.
Actuarial Assumptions
                         
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the annual measurement date were:
                       
Obligation discount rate
    6.00 %     6.25 %     6.75 %
Compensation increase rate
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs were:
                       
Obligation discount rate
    6.25 %     6.75 %     7.50 %
Long-term rate of return on plan assets
    8.75 %     8.75 %     9.00 %
Compensation increase rate
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.75 %
      The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is an assumption reflecting the anticipated weighted average rate of earnings on the portfolio over the long-term. To arrive at this rate, the Company developed estimates based upon the anticipated performance of the assets in its portfolio.

50


Table of Contents

Components of Net Periodic Pension Cost
                         
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Expense Components
                       
Service cost
  $ 9.8     $ 8.6     $ 9.1  
Interest
    14.9       14.6       14.7  
Expected return on assets
    (15.5 )     (12.9 )     (15.9 )
Amortization and deferral
    1.2       1.3       0.3  
Profit sharing
    3.5       2.8       3.6  
Other
          0.6       0.2  
                   
Net expense
  $ 13.9     $ 15.0     $ 12.0  
                   
Obligations and Funded Status
                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Projected Benefit Obligations
               
Beginning of year
  $ 238.4     $ 220.4  
Service cost
    9.8       8.6  
Interest
    14.9       14.5  
Benefits paid
    (7.9 )     (9.7 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (2.9 )     4.6  
             
End of year
  $ 252.3     $ 238.4  
             
Plans’ Assets
               
Beginning of year
  $ 173.5     $ 146.2  
Actual return on assets
    12.9       27.3  
Employer contributions
    18.1       9.7  
Benefits paid
    (7.9 )     (9.7 )
             
End of year
  $ 196.6     $ 173.5  
             
Consolidated Balance Sheet Components
               
Funded status
  $ (55.7 )   $ (64.9 )
Unamortized transition asset
    (0.5 )     (0.6 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    2.1       2.3  
Unrecognized loss
    49.6       51.1  
             
Net obligation
  $ (4.5 )   $ (12.1 )
             
Accrued
  $ (36.5 )   $ (35.3 )
Prepaid
           
Intangible asset
    1.8       2.0  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    19.6       13.8  
Deferred tax asset
    10.6       7.4  
             
Net accrued
  $ (4.5 )   $ (12.1 )
             
      The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $232.9 million and $208.6 million, respectively.
      Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:
                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
    (in millions)
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 252.3     $ 238.4  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    232.9       208.6  
Fair value of plan assets
    196.6       173.5  

51


Table of Contents

Plan Assets
      The pension plan weighted-average asset allocation at year-end 2004 and 2003 and the range of target asset allocations are as follows:
                           
        Percentage of
        Plan Assets
    Range of   at Year-End
    Target    
    Allocation   2004   2003
             
Asset category:
                       
 
Equity securities
    55-65 %     62 %     62 %
 
Fixed income
    35-45 %     38 %     38 %
                   
 
Total
            100 %     100 %
                   
      The Company’s pension investment strategies have been developed as part of a comprehensive asset/liability management process that considers the relationship between both the assets and liabilities of the plans. These strategies consider not only the expected risk and returns on plan assets, but also the actuarial projections of liabilities, projected contributions and funded status. The equity allocation is heavily weighted toward domestic large capitalized companies. There is also a lesser exposure to domestic small/mid cap companies, as well as, international equities. The fixed income allocation is equally split between a limited duration portfolio and a core plus portfolio that has a duration in-line with published bond indices. This asset mix is designed to meet the longer-term obligations of the Plan as projected by actuarial studies.
      The principal pension investment strategies include asset allocation and active asset management. The range of target asset allocation have been determined after giving consideration to the expected returns of each asset category, the expected performance of each asset category, the volatility of the asset returns over time and the complementary nature of the asset mix within the portfolio. Each asset category is managed by external money managers with the objective of generating returns that exceed market-based benchmarks.
Cash Flows
      The Company expects to contribute approximately $8.4 million to its defined benefit plans during 2005.
      Benefit payments expected to be paid during the next ten years are as follows:
         
    Amounts
     
    (in millions)
2005
  $ 8.3  
2006
    8.7  
2007
    9.4  
2008
    10.4  
2009
    11.5  
2010-2014
    77.2  
Note 12.  Stock Option Plan
      The Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan authorized 2,500,000 shares of common stock plus (i) shares covered by forfeited, expired and canceled options granted under prior plans; (ii) shares tendered as full or partial payment for the purchase price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations; and (iii) shares covered by an award settled in cash. At December 31, 2004, a total of 2,279,644 shares were available for issuance. The plan provides for the granting of nonqualified and incentive stock options having maximum ten-year terms to purchase common stock at its market value on the award date; stock appreciation rights based on common stock fair market values with settlement in common stock or cash; restricted stock; restricted stock units; and performance awards with settlement in common stock or cash on achievement of specific business objectives; and other stock-based awards. Under previous plans, nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units were granted at their fair market values. Options become exercisable in various percentages over periods ranging up to five years.
      In connection with the Thrall merger certain former employees of Thrall were granted a total of 160,000 options to purchase common stock at its market price on the date of the grant. These stock options, which were approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, were not granted under the Company’s Stock Option and Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2004, 30,863 of such options were outstanding and are included in the tables below.

52


Table of Contents

Stock Options
                                                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31, 2004   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002
             
        Weighted       Weighted       Weighted
        Average       Average       Average
        Exercise       Exercise       Exercise
    Shares   Price   Shares   Price   Shares   Price
                         
Outstanding, beginning of year
    4,361,090     $ 25.08       4,567,900     $ 26.46       3,920,822     $ 27.10  
Granted
    442,950       28.43       747,986       17.12       895,232       21.72  
Exercised
    (853,575 )     22.93       (410,069 )     22.45       (149,074 )     17.03  
Cancelled
    (141,928 )     36.44       (544,727 )     27.71       (99,080 )     23.18  
                                     
Outstanding, end of year
    3,808,537     $ 25.53       4,361,090     $ 25.08       4,567,900     $ 26.46  
                                     
Exercisable
    2,611,474     $ 27.17       2,915,278     $ 28.02       2,822,253     $ 29.24  
                                     
                                         
    December 31, 2004
     
    Outstanding Options    
         
        Weighted Average   Exercisable Options
             
        Remaining           Weighted
        Contractual   Exercise       Average
Exercise Price Range   Shares   Life (Years)   Price   Shares   Price
                     
$17.00 — $18.97
    1,069,022       7.44     $ 17.72       533,219     $ 18.44  
$21.45 — $23.00
    1,095,344       6.31       22.20       849,134       22.35  
$24.67 — $29.44
    1,097,121       5.90       27.77       699,071       27.44  
$30.24 — $53.00
    547,050       3.63       42.93       530,050       43.34  
                               
      3,808,537       6.12     $ 25.53       2,611,474     $ 27.17  
                               
Restricted Stock
      The fair value of restricted shares and restricted stock units at the date of grant is amortized to expense ratably over the restriction period.
                         
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2004   2003   2002
             
Shares awarded
    406,400       356,885       150,220  
Shares cancelled
    (52,505 )           (6,000 )
Share restriction removed
    (212,780 )     (31,800 )     (3,000 )
Outstanding
    993,020       851,905       526,820  
Grant date fair value per share
  $ 28.74     $ 18.69     $ 21.71  
Note 13.  Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
      In June 2003 the Company issued 600 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Share of Series B preferred stock has an initial liquidation value of $100,000 per share. The liquidation value, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, is payable on June 25, 2008, the mandatory redemption date, at the Company’s option in cash or in shares of common stock valued at 90% of the then current market price of our common stock. Each share of Series B preferred stock may be converted at any time at the option of the holder into shares of the Company’s common stock, based on the initial conversion price of $22.46 per share, which is the equivalent to 4,452 shares of common stock for each $100,000 initial liquidation preference. Holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable semi-annually, on July 1 and January 1 of each year, beginning January 1, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.5% of the liquidation preference. The Company may, at its option, pay dividends either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the then current market price. All dividends paid through January 2005 have been paid in cash. The holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the common stock on an as-if converted basis on all matters brought before the stockholders. The Series B preferred stock has been classified outside the Stockholders’ Equity section because there is not absolute assurance that the number of authorized and unissued common shares would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock. At

53


Table of Contents

December 31, 2004, the number of shares authorized and unissued would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock as long as the market value of our common stock was at least $1.37 per share.
Note 14.  Stockholders’ Equity
      The Company has a Stockholder’s Rights Plan. On March 11, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend distribution of one right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value, to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 27, 1999. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $200.00 per one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, subject to adjustment. The rights are not exercisable or detachable from the common stock until ten business days after a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of twelve percent or more of the Company’s common stock or if a person or group commences a tender or exchange offer upon consummation of which that person or group would beneficially own twelve percent or more of the common stock. The Company will generally be entitled to redeem the rights at $0.01 per right at any time until the first public announcement that a twelve-percent position has been acquired. If any person or group becomes a beneficial owner of twelve-percent or more of the Company’s common stock, each right not owned by that person or related parties enables its holder to purchase, at the right’s purchase price, shares of the Company’s common stock having a calculated value of twice the purchase price of the right.
      In connection with the Thrall merger, the Company adopted an amendment to the Rights Plan which generally permits the former stockholders of Thrall and its affiliates to beneficially own in excess of twelve percent of the Company’s common stock without triggering the Plan as described above provided such persons hold the stock in compliance with a stockholders’ agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition.
      On March 6, 2002, the Company privately placed a total of 1.5 million unregistered shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $31.2 million. The Company subsequently registered these shares.
Note 15.  Commitments and Contingencies
      The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (“TMP”), and certain material suppliers and others, are named as co-defendants in four separate lawsuits filed by multiple plaintiffs on various dates. In one of the cases, the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class which, if certified by the court, could increase the total number of barges involved in that case. Absent certification of the class, the four suits involve 24 tank barges sold at an average price of approximately $1.4 million, and 140 hopper barges sold at an average price of approximately $280,000. All four cases allege similar causes of action related to defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings selection, application, and workmanship by TMP. One of the cases is set for trial on June 6, 2005 and another case is set for trial on August 29, 2005. The plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/ or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. Independent experts investigating the claims have expressed the opinion that the plaintiffs’ assertion the coating is a food source for microbiologically influenced corrosion is without merit. Factual disputes concerning the allegations of the cause, nature, and extent of alleged corrosion in the barges exist between the parties. The Company and TMP are defending these cases vigorously. As of December 31, 2004, one of the plaintiffs owes TMP approximately $9.1 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amount.
      The Company and TMP have settled two other lawsuits alleging similar causes of action to those mentioned above, and as part of such settlements, the Company and TMP received an assignment of the original plaintiffs’ claims against the remaining defendants.
      In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, the Company and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action petitioning the Court to declare the Company’s and TMP’s obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and TMP’s rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured (which policy is applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges). On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment

54


Table of Contents

action claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10 million.
      A subsidiary of the Company, Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, Inc. (“Transit Mix”), is named as a defendant in a case involving the death of an employee of an independent contractor following an accident that occurred while the decedent was working at a Transit Mix facility. Following a jury verdict in favor of the plaintiff, the presiding judge entered a final judgment that together with fees, costs and judgment interest now totals $39.1 million. This case has been appealed by Transit Mix and its insurers. Management believes liability in this case, if any, exceeding $3.0 million, will be covered by insurance.
      The Company is also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. Based on information currently available, it is management’s opinion that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, including settlements, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s overall financial condition for purposes of financial reporting. However, resolution of certain claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a significant impact on the operating results of the reporting period in which such resolution occurs.
      The Company is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the workplace. The Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with such laws and regulations.
      The Company is involved in various proceedings relating to environmental matters. The Company has reserved $11.0 million to cover probable and estimable liabilities of the Company with respect to investigation and remedial response to such matters, taking into account currently available information and the Company’s contractual rights to indemnification. However, estimates of future remedial response costs are necessarily imprecise. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become involved in future environmental litigation or other proceedings or, if the Company were found to be responsible or liable in any such litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to the Company.
      Non-cancelable purchase obligations, primarily for steel purchases, are $434.9 million in 2005 and $0.1 million in 2006.
Note 16. Guarantor/Non Guarantor
      On March 10, 2004, $300 million of Senior Notes due 2014 were issued by Trinity Industries, Inc. (Parent) which includes the corporate operations and certain operations of the Construction Products Group and the Industrial Products Group. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of Trinity’s wholly owned subsidiaries: Transit Mix Concrete & Material Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., Trinity Tank Car, Inc., and Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc. No other subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2004 assets held by the non guarantor subsidiaries include $65.5 million of restricted assets that are not available for distribution to the Parent, $56.8 million of assets securing certain debt owed by the non guarantor subsidiaries, and $292.6 million of assets located in foreign locations.

55


Table of Contents

      The following financial information presents condensed consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Trinity Industries, Inc., its guarantor subsidiaries and non guarantor subsidiaries. The information is presented on the basis of Trinity Industries, Inc. accounting for its ownership of its wholly owned subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. Intercompany transactions of goods and services between the guarantor and non guarantor subsidiaries are presented as transfers. The following represents the supplemental consolidated condensed financial information of Trinity Industries, Inc., the issuer of the senior secured notes, and its guarantor and non guarantor subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2004, and 2003, and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 298.1     $ 1,243.5     $ 746.9     $ (90.4 )   $ 2,198.1  
Cost of sales
    247.2       1,113.7       745.3       (90.4 )     2,015.8  
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    50.1       73.3       44.8             168.2  
                               
      297.3       1,187.0       790.1       (90.4 )     2,184.0  
                               
Operating profit (loss)
    0.8       56.5       (43.2 )           14.1  
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    2.3       (4.3 )     (8.1 )           (10.1 )
 
Interest expense
    39.4       22.7       (19.3 )           42.8  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (9.5 )     (13.0 )           22.5        
 
Other, net
    (2.2 )     (1.2 )     (0.1 )           (3.5 )
                               
      30.0       4.2       (27.5 )     22.5       29.2  
                               
Income loss before income taxes
    (29.2 )     52.3       (15.7 )     (22.5 )     (15.1 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    (39.2 )     51.9       (13.6 )           (0.9 )
 
Deferred
    19.3       (31.0 )     6.8             (4.9 )
                               
      (19.9 )     20.9       (6.8 )           (5.8 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (9.3 )   $ 31.4     $ (8.9 )   $ (22.5 )   $ (9.3 )
                               

56


Table of Contents

Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 210.5     $ 691.9     $ 561.3     $ (30.9 )   $ 1,432.8  
Cost of sales
    169.1       606.8       526.8       (30.9 )     1,271.8  
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    48.8       57.8       41.0             147.6  
                               
      217.9       664.6       567.8       (30.9 )     1,419.4  
                               
Operating profit (loss)
    (7.4 )     27.3       (6.5 )           13.4  
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (0.8 )     (0.9 )     1.0             (0.7 )
 
Interest expense
    32.8       19.5       (17.4 )           34.9  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (15.2 )                 15.2        
 
Other, net
    (3.8 )     (1.7 )     (1.0 )           (6.5 )
                               
      13.0       16.9       (17.4 )     15.2       27.7  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (20.4 )     10.4       10.9       (15.2 )     (14.3 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    11.6       (14.6 )     (11.4 )           (14.4 )
 
Deferred
    (22.0 )     18.2       13.9             10.1  
                               
      (10.4 )     3.6       2.5             (4.3 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.0 )   $ 6.8     $ 8.4     $ (15.2 )   $ (10.0 )
                               

57


Table of Contents

Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Revenues
  $ 312.2     $ 676.5     $ 531.5     $ (32.9 )   $ 1,487.3  
Cost of sales
    255.2       610.2       493.7       (32.9 )     1,326.2  
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    51.5       54.1       44.8             150.4  
                               
      306.7       664.3       538.5       (32.9 )     1,476.6  
                               
Operating profit (loss)
    5.5       12.2       (7.0 )           10.7  
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (2.0 )     (0.5 )     1.3             (1.2 )
 
Interest expense
    36.6       16.4       (16.7 )           36.3  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (4.7 )                 4.7        
 
Other, net
          13.1       (13.1 )            
                               
      29.9       29.0       (28.5 )     4.7       35.1  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (24.4 )     (16.8 )     21.5       (4.7 )     (24.4 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    (22.7 )     (33.0 )     (5.1 )           (60.8 )
 
Deferred
    17.9       28.2       9.9             56.0  
                               
      (4.8 )     (4.8 )     4.8             (4.8 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (19.6 )   $ (12.0 )   $ 16.7     $ (4.7 )   $ (19.6 )
                               

58


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet
December 31, 2004
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Assets:
                                       
 
Cash
  $ 138.3     $ 0.4     $ 43.6     $     $ 182.3  
 
Accounts receivable
    57.1       98.1       59.0             214.2  
 
Inventory
    58.4       200.5       143.4             402.3  
 
Property and equipment, net
    51.4       374.8       384.7             810.9  
 
Investments in subsidiaries/ intercompany receivable (payable), net
    1,181.8       (260.3 )     60.3       (981.8 )      
 
Other
    173.6       354.5       175.4       (103.0 )     600.5  
                               
    $ 1,660.6     $ 768.0     $ 866.4     $ (1,084.8 )   $ 2,210.2  
                               
Liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 219.8     $ 154.4     $ 137.5     $     $ 511.7  
 
Deferred income
    33.5       3.0       10.7             47.2  
 
Other liabilities
    31.7       119.1       14.4       (103.0 )     62.2  
 
Debt
    304.5       170.0       43.5             518.0  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    58.2                         58.2  
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,012.9       321.5       660.3       (981.8 )     1,012.9  
                               
    $ 1,660.6     $ 768.0     $ 866.4     $ (1,084.8 )   $ 2,210.2  
                               

59


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet
December 31, 2003
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Assets:
                                       
 
Cash
  $ 31.5     $ 1.0     $ 13.5     $     $ 46.0  
 
Accounts receivable
    51.1       97.5       49.5             198.1  
 
Inventory
    19.8       127.9       110.3             258.0  
 
Property and equipment, net
    60.0       458.2       427.0             945.2  
 
Investments in subsidiaries/ intercompany receivable (payable), net
    1,050.4       (266.0 )     168.3       (952.7 )      
 
Other
    194.6       351.7       141.3       (127.0 )     560.6  
                               
    $ 1,407.4     $ 770.3     $ 909.9     $ (1,079.7 )   $ 2,007.9  
                               
Liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 171.0     $ 154.3     $ 134.9     $     $ 460.2  
 
Deferred income
    18.6       3.1       10.5             32.2  
 
Other liabilities
    29.0       152.6       4.1       (127.0 )     58.7  
 
Debt
    127.2       170.2       97.8             395.2  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    57.8                         57.8  
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,003.8       290.1       662.6       (952.7 )     1,003.8  
                               
    $ 1,407.4     $ 770.3     $ 909.9     $ (1,079.7 )   $ 2,007.9  
                               

60


Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (9.3 )   $ 31.4     $ (8.9 )   $ (22.5 )   $ (9.3 )
Depreciation and amortization
    15.3       34.4       37.5             87.2  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    19.3       (31.0 )     6.8             (4.9 )
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (4.4 )     (1.0 )     (0.3 )           (5.7 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    (124.8 )     (5.7 )     108.0       22.5        
Other
    14.1       (17.3 )     (6.6 )           (9.8 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
                                       
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    (6.0 )     (0.6 )     (9.8 )           (16.4 )
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    (38.6 )     (71.6 )     (33.1 )           (143.3 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    3.6       (0.1 )     (34.9 )           (31.4 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    37.7       (1.1 )     2.7             39.3  
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    11.3       (2.5 )     2.9             11.7  
                               
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    (81.8 )     (65.1 )     64.3             (82.6 )
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sale/leaseback
                212.3             212.3  
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    9.8       256.2       23.8       (234.0 )     55.8  
Capital expenditures — lease subsidiary
          (161.6 )     (236.4 )     234.0       (164.0 )
Capital expenditures — other
    (6.3 )     (14.2 )     (13.7 )           (34.2 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (15.7 )                 (15.7 )
Sale of investment in equity trust
                8.5             8.5  
                               
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    3.5       64.7       (5.5 )           62.7  
Financing activities:
                                       
Issuance of common stock
    21.6                         21.6  
Payments to retire debt
    (177.4 )     (0.2 )     (124.0 )           (301.6 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    354.7             95.3             450.0  
Dividends paid to common shareholders
    (11.1 )                       (11.1 )
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
    (2.7 )                       (2.7 )
                               
 
Net cash required (provided) by financing activities
    185.1       (0.2 )     (28.7 )           156.2  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    106.8       (0.6 )     30.1             136.3  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    31.5       1.0       13.5             46.0  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 138.3     $ 0.4     $ 43.6     $     $ 182.3  
                               

61


Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.0 )   $ 6.8     $ 8.4     $ (15.2 )   $ (10.0 )
Depreciation and amortization
    15.4       25.5       44.7             85.6  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (22.0 )     18.2       13.9             10.1  
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (5.7 )     (1.6 )     (2.7 )           (10.0 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    160.4       (206.3 )     30.7       15.2        
Other
    (1.0 )     (5.0 )     (1.6 )           (7.6 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
                                       
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    4.4       (43.8 )     9.5             (29.9 )
Decrease in tax receivables
    50.0                         50.0  
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    7.8       (39.9 )     (12.6 )           (44.7 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (0.1 )     (1.1 )     (3.7 )           (4.9 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (44.2 )     90.6       27.1             73.5  
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    (115.5 )     134.4       (26.3 )           (7.4 )
                               
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    39.5       (22.2 )     87.4             104.7  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sale/leaseback
                200.0             200.0  
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    8.6       278.5       7.7       (243.2 )     51.6  
Capital expenditures — lease subsidiary
          (237.6 )     (270.3 )     243.2       (264.7 )
Capital expenditures — other
    (2.6 )     (10.5 )     (7.1 )           (20.2 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (7.6 )                 (7.6 )
                               
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    6.0       22.8       (69.7 )           (40.9 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Issuance of common stock
    10.2                         10.2  
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock
    57.6                         57.6  
Payments to retire debt
    (164.9 )     (2.2 )     (212.6 )           (379.7 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    90.6             195.4             286.0  
Dividends paid to common shareholders
    (11.0 )                       (11.0 )
                               
 
Net cash required (provided) by financing activities
    (17.5 )     (2.2 )     (17.2 )           (36.9 )
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    28.0       (1.6 )     0.5             26.9  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    3.5       2.6       13.0             19.1  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 31.5     $ 1.0     $ 13.5     $     $ 46.0  
                               

62


Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                           
        Combined   Combined Non        
        Guarantor   Guarantor        
    Parent   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
    (in millions)
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19.6 )   $ (12.0 )   $ 16.7     $ (4.7 )   $ (19.6 )
Depreciation and amortization
    14.8       43.5       32.4             90.7  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    17.9       28.2       9.9             56.0  
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (2.3 )     (0.6 )     (1.6 )           (4.5 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    58.9       (44.9 )     (18.7 )     4.7        
Other
    41.9       (25.9 )     (10.7 )           5.3  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
                                       
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    36.1       (3.0 )     (6.8 )           26.3  
Increase in tax receivables
    (40.2 )                       (40.2 )
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    65.8       (36.8 )     32.9             61.9  
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    77.7       (83.2 )     26.0             20.5  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (16.7 )     (16.2 )     (23.0 )           (55.9 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    11.8       (28.2 )     (3.4 )           (19.8 )
                               
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    246.1       (179.1 )     53.7             120.7  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    10.5       160.9       5.9       (154.8 )     22.5  
Capital expenditures — lease subsidiary
          (133.0 )     (156.3 )     154.8       (134.5 )
Capital expenditures — other
    (9.0 )     (9.1 )     (19.6 )           (37.7 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
                (1.4 )           (1.4 )
                               
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    1.5       18.8       (171.4 )           (151.1 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Issuance of common stock
    31.2                         31.2  
Payments to retire debt
    (773.3 )     (11.4 )     (1.4 )           (786.1 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    512.0       170.4       116.3             798.7  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (16.5 )                       (16.5 )
                               
 
Net cash provided (required) by financing activities
    (246.6 )     159.0       114.9             27.3  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1.0       (1.3 )     (2.8 )           (3.1 )
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    2.5       3.9       15.8             22.2  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 3.5     $ 2.6     $ 13.0     $     $ 19.1  
                               

63


Table of Contents

Note 17.  Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
                                     
    Three Months   Three Months   Three Months   Three Months
    Ended   Ended   Ended   Ended
    March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
    2004   2004   2004   2004
                 
    (in millions except per share data)
Year ended December 31, 2004:
                               
 
Revenues
  $ 454.9     $ 548.7     $ 567.2     $ 627.3  
 
Operating profit (loss)
    (6.5 )     14.3       3.8       2.5  
 
Net income (loss)
    (10.8 )     3.6       0.9       (3.0 )
 
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (0.8 )     (0.7 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholder
    (11.6 )     2.9       0.1       (3.8 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
   
Basic
  $ (0.25 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ (0.08 )
   
Diluted
    (0.25 )     0.06       0.00       (0.08 )
                                     
    Three Months   Three Months   Three Months   Three Months
    Ended   Ended   Ended   Ended
    March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
    2003   2003   2003   2003
                 
    (in millions except per share data)
Year ended December 31, 2003:
                               
 
Revenues
  $ 289.1     $ 365.8     $ 363.4     $ 414.5  
 
Operating profit (loss)
    (11.4 )     10.4       10.1       4.3  
 
Net income (loss)
    (14.5 )     3.5       1.8       (0.8 )
 
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
                (0.8 )     (0.8 )
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholder
    (14.5 )     3.5       1.0       (1.6 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
   
Basic
  $ (0.32 )   $ 0.08     $ 0.02     $ (0.04 )
   
Diluted
    (0.32 )     0.08       0.02       (0.04 )
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
      None
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
      The Company maintains controls and procedures designed to ensure that it is able to collect the information it is required to disclose in the reports it files with the SEC, and to process, summarize and disclose this information within the time periods specified in the rules of the SEC. Based on an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report conducted by the Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers believe that these controls and procedures were effective to ensure that the Company is able to collect, process and disclose the information it is required to disclose in the reports it files with the SEC within the required time periods.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
      Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

64


Table of Contents

      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all material misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance, as opposed to absolute assurance, of achieving their internal control objectives.
      Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2004, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
      Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, has been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Ernst & Young LLP’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 34 hereof.
Item 9B. Other Information
      None.

65


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
      Information regarding the directors of the Company is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Nominees” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005. Information relating to the executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I of this report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company.” Information relating to the Board of Directors determinations concerning whether at least one of the members of the Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005. Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005. Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Additional Information — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005.
      The Company has disclosed its code of ethics on its website at www.trin.net under the caption “Investor Relations/ Governance.”
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
      Information regarding compensation of executive officers and directors is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Compensation for Directors” and “Executive Compensation” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
      Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005, under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
      The following table sets forth information about Trinity common stock that may be issued under all of Trinity’s existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2004.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
                           
    (a)   (b)   (c)
             
            Number of Securities
    Number of Securities       Remaining Available for
    to be Issued   Weighted-Average   Future Issuance under
    Upon Exercise of   Exercise Price of   Equity Compensation
    Outstanding Options,   Outstanding Options,   Plans (Excluding Securities
    Warrants and Rights   Warrants and Rights   Reflected in Column (a))
             
Plan Category
                       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
                       
 
Stock Options
    3,777,674                  
 
Restricted stock units
    144,820                  
                   
      3,922,494 (1)   $ 24.59(1)       2,279,644  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    30,863 (2)(3)   $ 24.67        
                   
 
Total
    3,953,357     $ 24.59       2,279,644  
                   

66


Table of Contents

 
(1)  Includes 144,820 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and conversion of restricted stock units. The restricted stock units do not have an exercise price.
 
(2)  Includes 30,863 shares of common stock subject to options pursuant to stock option agreements entered into with seven former Thrall employees as an inducement to their accepting employment with the Company in connection with the Thrall merger in October of 2001. The terms of the stock option agreements are consistent with the basic terms of the Company’s Stock Option and Incentive Plan and provide for an exercise price based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the award, vesting equally over a three year period, and cancellation of the options upon early termination of employment, adjustments for changes in capitalization, and provide no right to continued employment.
 
(3)  Excludes information regarding the Trinity Deferred Plan for Director Fees. This plan permits the deferral of the payment of the annual retainer fee and board and committee fees. At the election of the participant, the deferred fees may be converted into phantom stock units with a fair market value equal to the value of the fees deferred, and such phantom stock units are credited to the director’s account (along with the amount of any dividends or stock distributions). At the time a participant ceases to be a director, cash will be distributed to the participant. At December 31, 2004, 80,325 phantom stock units were credited to the accounts of participants. Also excludes information regarding the Trinity Industries Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan (“Supplemental Plan”) for certain of its highly compensated employees. Information about the Supplemental Plan is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005, under the caption “Executive Compensation — Retirement Plans.” 221,515 stock units were credited to the accounts of participants under the Supplemental Plan as of December 31, 2004.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
      Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions with director nominees is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
      Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Fees to Independent Auditors for Fiscal 2004 and 2003” in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2005.

67


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule.
      (a) (1)     Financial Statements.
      See Item 8.
      (2)     Financial Statement Schedule.
      For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
      II — Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
      (3)     Exhibits.
      See Index to Exhibits for a listing of Exhibits which are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference to the location indicated.

68


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
      We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 2-64813), Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 33-10937), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 33-35514), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 33-73026), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-77735), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-91067), Registration Statement (Form S-3, No. 333-84618), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-85588), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-85590), Registration Statement (Form S-3, No. 333-96921), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-114854), Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-115376), and Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 333-117526) of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated March 4, 2005 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Trinity Industries, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 4, 2005

69


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
     Trinity Industries, Inc.
      We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Trinity Industries, Inc. as of December 31, 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 and have issued our report thereon dated March 4, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
      In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 4, 2005

70


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts
Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
(in millions)
                                 
        Additions        
    Balance at   Charged to   Accounts   Balance
    Beginning   Costs and   Charged   at End of
    of Period   Expenses   Off   Period
                 
Year Ended December 31, 2004
  $ 7.7     $ 1.0     $ 2.3     $ 6.4  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2003
  $ 8.3     $ 1.3     $ 1.9     $ 7.7  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2002
  $ 9.5     $ 0.8     $ 2.0     $ 8.3  
                         

71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
     
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
Registrant
  By /s/ John L. Adams
 
John L. Adams
Executive Vice President
March 9, 2005
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
     
 
Directors:

/s/ David W. Biegler
 
David W. Biegler

Director
March 9, 2005

/s/ Craig J. Duchossois
 
Craig J. Duchossois
Director
March 9, 2005

/s/ Ronald J. Gafford
 
Ronald J. Gafford
Director
March 9, 2005

/s/ Barry J. Galt
 
Barry J. Galt
Director
March 9, 2005

/s/ Clifford J. Grum
 
Clifford J. Grum
Director
March 9, 2005

/s/ Jess T. Hay
 
Jess T. Hay
Director
March 9, 2005
  Directors (continued)

/s/ Diana Natalicio
 
Diana Natalicio
Director
March 9, 2005

Principal Executive Officer:

/s/ Timothy R. Wallace
 
Timothy R. Wallace
Chairman, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
March 9, 2005

Principal Financial Officer:

/s/ Jim S. Ivy
 
Jim S. Ivy
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
March 9, 2005

Principal Accounting Officer

/s/ Charles Michel
 
Charles Michel
Vice President, Controller
March 9, 2005


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc.
Index to Exhibits
(Item 14(a))
         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (1 .1)   Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (1 .2)   Amendment No. 1 to purchase Agreement dated as of March 9, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, amending the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .1)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3 .2)   By-Laws of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3 .3)   Certificate of Incorporation of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .4)   By-Laws of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .5)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .6)   By-Laws of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .7)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Marine Products, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .8)   By-Laws of Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .9)   Certificate of Formation of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .10)   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.10 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .11)   Certificate of Incorporation of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.11 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .12)   By-Laws of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.12 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .13)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .14)   By-Laws of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.14 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .15)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.15 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (3 .16)   By-Laws of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.16 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (4 .1)   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (4 .2)   Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1999 (incorporated by reference to our Form 8-A filed April 2, 1999).


Table of Contents

         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (4 .2.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to our Form 8-A/A filed August 22, 2001).
  (4 .2.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of October 26, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated August 13, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to our Form 8-A/A filed October 31, 2001).
  (4 .3)   Registration Rights Amendment dated as of October 26, 2001 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Thrall Car Management, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to Exhibit 10.21 below).
  (4 .4)   Pass Through Trust Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .4.1)   [A] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .4.2)   [B] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .4.3)   [C] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .5)   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (4 .6)   Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (4 .7)   Form of 61/2% Senior Note due 2014 of Trinity industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (10 .1.1)   Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement, dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, each of the four most highly paid executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year, one other executive officer, and three executive officers of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10 .1.2)   Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and six executive officers and certain other subsidiary and divisional officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly Period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10 .2)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Directors’ Retirement Plan, as amended September 10, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*
  (10 .3)   1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-73026 filed December 15, 1993).*
  (10 .4)   Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*
  (10 .4.1)   Amendment No. 1 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*


Table of Contents

         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (10 .4.2)   Amendment No. 2 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.3)   Amendment No. 3 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.4)   Amendment No. 4 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.5)   Amendment No. 5 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.6)   Amendment No. 6 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.7)   Amendment No. 7 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .4.8)   Amendment No. 8 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5)   Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*
  (10 .5.1)   Correcting Amendment to supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.11 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.2)   Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.3)   Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.13 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.4)   Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.14 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .6)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated March 31, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*
  (10 .6.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated December 27, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.1 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*
  (10 .7)   Supplemental Retirement Plan dated April 1, 1995, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated September 14, 1995 and Amendment No. 2 dated May 6, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*
  (10 .7.1)   Amendment No. 3 effective April 1, 1999 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10 .7.2)   Amendment No. 4 effective January 1, 2004 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10 .8)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*


Table of Contents

         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (10 .9)   Deferred Compensation Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).*
  (10 .10)   Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 333-77735 filed May 4, 1999).*
  (10 .10.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10 .10.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 10.12.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).*
  (10 .11)   Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by Trinity Industries, Inc. on May 11, 2004).*
  (10 .11.1)   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Option Agreement with Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions as of September 8, 2004 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .11.2)   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement with the Incentive Stock Option Terms and Conditions as of September 8, 2004 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .11.3)   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (filed herewith).*
  (10 .11.4)   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (filed herewith).*
  (10 .11.5)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (filed herewith).*
  (10 .12)   Supplemental Retirement and Director Retirement Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10 .13)   Form of Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement as amended and restated entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and certain officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. or its subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10 .14)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Short-Term Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our proxy statement dated June 19, 2000).*
  (10 .15)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 between TRLI-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lesser, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001).
  (10 .15.1)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .15.2)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of July 12, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .15.3)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.3 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .15.4)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as if December 28, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing 1 L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.4 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .15.5)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as of December 28, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing 1 L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.5 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .16)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .16.1)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).


Table of Contents

         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (10 .16.2)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .16.3)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .16.4)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .16.5)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL IV 2004-1A) between TRL IV 2004-1A Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing IV L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
  (10 .17.1)   Participation Agreement (TRL IV 2004-1A) among Trinity Rail Leasing IV, L.P., lessee, et. al (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
  (10 .18)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 among Trinity Industries, Inc, as Borrower, JP Morgan Chas Bank, individually as a Lender and Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, and Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc., each individually as a Lender and collectively as Syndication Agents, and certain other Lenders party thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Registration Statement No. 333-117526 filed July 21, 2004).
  (10 .19)   Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, the Borrower, Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch, as Agent, and the Lenders party thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q filed August 12, 2002).
  (10 .19.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10 .19.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of July 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10 .19.3)   Amendment No. 3 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of August 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.3 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10 .19.4)   Amendment No. 4 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
  (10 .19.5)   Amendment No. 5 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
  (10 .19.6)   Amendment No. 6 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.6 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
  (10 .19.7)   Amendment No. 7 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.7 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).


Table of Contents

         
NO.   DESCRIPTION
     
  (10 .20)   Agreement and Plan of merger dated as of August 13, 2001 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., TCMC Acquisition Corp., Thrall Car Manufacturing Company and Thrall Car Management Company, Inc. together with the form of Stockholder’s Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement attached thereto as exhibits (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 16, 2001).
  (10 .21)   Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement dated October 26, 2001 between Michael F. Flannery and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2002).*
  (10 .22)   Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release between the Company and Michael F. Flannery (filed herewith).*
  (10 .23)   Retirement Transition Agreement between the Company and Jim S. Ivy (filed herewith).*
  (10 .24)   Retirement Transition Agreement between the Company and John L. Adams (filed herewith).*
  (10 .25)   Perquisite Plan beginning January 1, 2004 in which the Company’s Executive Officers participate (filed herewith).*
  (12)     Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).
  (21)     Listing of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (23)     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (contained on page 69 of this document and filed herewith).
  31 .1   Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
  31 .2   Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
  32 .1   Certification pursuant to 18U.S.C., Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2   Certification pursuant to 18U.S.C., Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
Management contracts and compensatory plan arrangements.
EX-10.11.1 2 d22977exv10w11w1.htm FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS AND NON-QUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT exv10w11w1
 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1


     
  Trinity Industries, Inc.
Notice of Grant of Stock Options
       ID: 75-0225040
and Non-Qualified Stock Option
  2525 Stemmons Freeway
Agreement
  Dallas, Texas 75207-2401


     
“Name & Address of Optionee”
  Option Number:
  Plan:
  ID:


Effective mm/dd/yyyy, you have been granted a(n) Non-Qualified Stock Option to buy ___shares of Industries, Inc. (the Company) stock at $___.___per share.

The total option price of the shares granted is $___.___.

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

                 
  Shares   Vest Type   Full Vest   Expiration
 
               
          mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
  mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy


By your signature and the Company’s signature below, you and the Company agree that these options are granted under this Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement and are governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and include the Trinity Industries, Inc. Non-qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions as of September 8, 2004, all of which are incorporated herein and made a part of this document.


         
Trinity Industries, Inc.
  Date    
 
       
/s/
       
 
       
“Optionee Name”
  Date    
      Date
Time:

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION TERMS
AND CONDITIONS AS OF SEPTEMBER 8, 2004

          Unless otherwise prescribed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Committee”), the following Terms and Conditions shall be applicable to Non-Qualified Stock Option awards by Trinity Industries from and after May 10, 2004 and shall be incorporated by reference into all Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements. As used herein, the terms “this option, the option, option granted herein, or option granted hereunder” mean options granted from time to time pursuant to a Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement into which these Terms and Conditions are incorporated.

          l. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), the Company will grant from time to time to the Optionee options to purchase from the Company the $1.00 par value Common Stock of the Company over a period of time. The price per share (the “Exercise Price”), the total number of shares subject to option (the “Optioned Shares”), and the periods of time during which such Optioned Shares may be purchased are as set forth in a separate Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement into which these Terms and Conditions are incorporated and made a part thereof.

          The options granted hereunder are not intended to constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

          2. Manner of Exercising Option. The option granted herein shall be exercised by the Optionee only in the State of Texas at the principal office of the Company by:

(a) Delivering to the Controller of the Company a written notice specifying the number of Optioned Shares the Optionee then desires to purchase, which written notice shall be in substantially the following form and shall be signed by the Optionee:

“To Trinity Industries, Inc.:

I hereby exercise my option to purchase from Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) at Dallas, Texas ___shares of its Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and in accordance with my Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated [the date of the Agreement] and hereby tender in payment therefore cash and/or stock in the amount of, and/or with an aggregate value equal to $___, being $___ per share.

     
   
  “(Name of Optionee)”
  “(Date)”

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

(b) Tendering the full exercise price of such Optioned Shares either: (1) in cash (including check, bank draft, or money order); or (2) by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company already owned by the Optionee; or (3) tendering shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Optionee by delivery of a completed and signed Trinity Industries, Inc. “Stock Option Exercise Attestation Form”; (4) by providing herewith an order for a designated broker to sell part or all of the Optioned Shares and deliver sufficient proceeds to the Company to pay the full exercise price of the Optioned Shares; or (5) by a combination of items b(1), b(2), b(3) or b(4) above .

(c) Tendering the amount of any federal, state, or local tax required to be withheld by the Company due to the exercise of an option granted hereunder which shall be satisfied, at the election of the Optionee but subject to change by the Human Resources Committee, (the “Committee”), either (a) by payment by the Optionee to the Company of the amount of such withholding obligation in cash (the “Cash Method”), or (b) through the retention by the Company of a number of shares of Common Stock out of the Shares being purchased through the exercise of the option having a fair market value equal to the amount of the minimum withholding obligation (the “Share Retention Method”).

                    Shares of Common Stock of the Company delivered or tendered to exercise the option must be held for at least six months prior to the date of exercise of the option if the shares were acquired by previous exercise of a stock option or by vesting of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Shares acquired by methods other than exercise of a stock option (e.g. open market purchase, gift, etc.) do not have the six month holding requirement.

                    As soon as practicable after such exercise of the option in whole or in part by the Optionee, the Company will deliver to the Optionee or for the account of the Optionee a certificate or certificates for the number of shares with respect to which the option shall be so exercised minus the number of shares to be withheld, if any, issued in the Optionee’s name. Each purchase of stock hereunder shall be a separate and divisible transaction and a complete contract in and of itself.

          3. Compliance with Securities and Other Laws. The Company shall not be required to sell or issue shares of Common Stock under option if the issuance thereof would constitute a violation by either the Optionee or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority or any national securities exchange. As a condition of any sale or issuance of the shares of Common Stock under option, the Company may place legends on shares, issue stop transfer orders and require such agreements or undertakings from the Optionee as the Company may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance with any such law or regulation, including, if the Company or its counsel deems it appropriate, representations from the Optionee that the Optionee is acquiring the shares of Common Stock solely for investment and not with a view to distribution and that no distribution of such shares acquired by the Optionee will be made unless registered pursuant to applicable federal and state securities laws, or in the opinion of counsel of the Company, such registration is unnecessary.

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

          4. Early Termination of Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof, in the event that the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company for any reason, this option shall terminate completely as to all shares with respect to which the Optionee was not entitled, under the terms hereof, to purchase at the date of such cessation of service. However, to the extent that this option could have been exercised at the date of cessation of service and the Optionee could have purchased shares, under the terms hereof, at the date of such cessation of service, then this option shall continue with respect to those shares which the Optionee could have purchased and had not purchased, under the terms hereof, at the date of such cessation of service only to the extent set forth below.

          For purposes hereof, the terms “Disability”, “Retirement” and “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the 2004 Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the fact that the Optionee is discharged for cause, as determined solely and exclusively by the Committee, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited at the time of the Optionee’s discharge for cause.

(b) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s resignation, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited ten (10) days after the date of the Optionee’s resignation; except that in case the Optionee shall die within ten (10) days after the date of resignation, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from the date of resignation to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(c) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s Retirement, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited thirty-six (36) months after the date of the Optionee’s Retirement; except that in case the Optionee shall die within thirty-six (36) months after the date of Retirement, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from the date of death to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(d) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s Disability, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited three (3) months after the date that the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate; except that in case the Optionee shall die within three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (d), the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from such cessation of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

(e) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of death, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from the termination of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(f) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than discharge for cause, resignation, Retirement, Disability, or death, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited three (3) months after the date that the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate; except that in case the Optionee shall die within three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (f), the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from such cessation of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(g) Despite the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section 4, no option shall be exercisable under any condition after the date or dates specified in Section l.

          5. Nontransferability of Option. Except as provided in the 2004 Plan, this option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and this option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of this option contrary to the provisions hereof, or the levy of any execution, attachment, or similar process upon this option shall be null and void and without effect.

          6. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. The Committee may make adjustments in the number of shares subject to option for any subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock of the Company as provided in the 2004 Plan.

          Except as expressly provided in the 2004 Plan and in Section 7 hereof, Optionee shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, reorganization, merger, or consolidation, or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation, and any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Optioned Shares or the Exercise Price.

          The granting of this option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

          7. Vesting of Option.

(a) The option granted hereunder may only be exercised to the extent that the Optionee is vested in such option. The Optionee shall vest in the option granted hereunder in accordance with the schedule specified in Section l. This option vesting schedule will be accelerated at the discretion of the Committee as provided in the 2004 Plan or in the event the provisions of paragraphs (b) or (c) of this Section 7 apply.

(b) If the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement, or in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, the Optionee or the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall become fully vested in the option granted hereunder and shall have the immediate right to exercise such option to the extent not previously exercised.

(c) In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the option granted hereunder shall terminate as of a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors, provided that not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of the date so fixed shall be given to the Optionee and the Optionee shall have the right during such period to exercise the option even though the option would not otherwise be exercisable under the option vesting schedule. At the end of such period, any unexercised option shall terminate and be of no further effect.

          8. No Rights of a Stockholder or of Continued Employment or of Grant of Additional Options. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Optioned Shares except to the extent that one or more certificates for Optioned Shares shall have been delivered to Optionee, or Optionee has been determined to be a stockholder of record by the Company’s Transfer Agent, upon due exercise of the option. Further, nothing herein shall confer upon Optionee any right to remain in the employ or continue as a director of the Company or one of its Affiliates, and nothing herein shall be construed in any manner to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Optionee’s employment or directorship at any time. Further, nothing herein shall confer upon Optionee any right to receive any future grants of options.

          9. Substitution for Stock Appreciation Rights. As provided in the 2004 Plan, the Committee, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting for equity-based compensation granted to its employees and/or directors, shall have the right to substitute Stock Appreciation Rights for outstanding Options granted to Optionee, provided the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights call for settlement by the issuance of Shares, and the terms and conditions of the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights are equivalent to the terms and conditions of the Options being replaced, as determined by the Committee.

          10. Interpretation by the Committee. The administration of the Company’s 2004 Plan has been vested in the Committee, and all questions of interpretation and application of these Terms and Conditions and the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Option Agreement shall be subject to the determination by a majority of such Committee members, which determination shall be final and binding on Optionee.

          11. Confidentiality. The option granted hereunder is to be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL. An Optionee who shares information regarding the option granted hereunder with other employees or outside persons, other than as required to comply with applicable laws or as necessary to manage his or her personal finances, is subject to the option granted hereunder being forfeited upon a determination by the Human Resources Committee that the Optionee has violated this Section.

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

          12. Option Subject to Stock Option Plan. In case of any conflict between these Terms and Conditions, the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Non-Qualified Option Agreement and the 2004 Plan, the terms, conditions and provisions of the 2004 Plan shall be controlling.

                 
/s/
               
                 
 
               
         

 

EX-10.11.2 3 d22977exv10w11w2.htm FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT exv10w11w2
 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2


     
  Trinity Industries, Inc.
Notice of Grant of Stock Options
       ID: 75-0225040
and Incentive Stock Option
  2525 Stemmons Freeway
Agreement
  Dallas, Texas 75207-2401


     
“Name & Address of Optionee”
  Option Number:
  Plan:
  ID:

Effective mm/dd/yyyy, you have been granted a(n) Incentive Stock Option to buy ___shares of Industries, Inc. (the Company) stock at $___.___per share.

The total option price of the shares granted is $___.___.

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

                 
  Shares   Vest Type   Full Vest   Expiration
 
               
          mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
  mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy


By your signature and the Company’s signature below, you and the Company agree that these options are granted under this Incentive Stock Option Agreement and are governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and include the Trinity Industries, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Terms and Conditions as of September 8, 2004, all of which are incorporated herein and made a part of this document.


         
Trinity Industries, Inc.
  Date    
 
       
/s/
       
 
       
“Optionee Name”
  Date    
      Date
Time:

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS
AS OF SEPTEMBER 8, 2004

          Unless otherwise prescribed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Committee”), the following Terms and Conditions shall be applicable to Incentive Stock Option awards by Trinity Industries from and after May 10, 2004 and shall be incorporated by reference into all Incentive Stock Option Agreements. As used herein, the terms “this option, the option, option granted herein, or option granted hereunder” mean options granted from time to time pursuant to a Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement into which these Terms and Conditions are incorporated.

          l. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), the Company will grant from time to time to the Optionee options to purchase from the Company the $1.00 par value Common Stock of the Company over a period of time. The price per share (the “Exercise Price”), the total number of shares subject to option (the “Optioned Shares”), and the periods of time during which such Optioned Shares may be purchased are as set forth in a separate Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement into which these Terms and Conditions are incorporated and made a part thereof.

          The options granted hereunder are intended to constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. At any time while this agreement is in effect, Optionee may elect to convert any unexercised incentive stock options awarded hereby into non-qualified stock options, in which event a Non-Qualified Stock Agreement shall be entered into with the same Exercise Price regarding the unexercised Option Shares as provided in Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement and with the same terms that would have been provided in a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement had it been entered into on the date of the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Stock Option Agreement.

          2. Manner of Exercising Option. The option granted herein shall be exercised by the Optionee only in the State of Texas at the principal office of the Company by:

(a) Delivering to the Controller of the Company a written notice specifying the number of Optioned Shares the Optionee then desires to purchase, which written notice shall be in substantially the following form and shall be signed by the Optionee:

“To Trinity Industries, Inc.:

I hereby exercise my option to purchase from Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) at Dallas, Texas ___shares of its Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and in accordance with my Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated [the date of the Agreement] and hereby tender in payment therefore cash and/or stock in the amount of, and/or with an aggregate value equal to $___, being $___ per share.

     
   
  “(Name of Optionee)”
  “(Date)”

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

(b) Tendering the full exercise price of such Optioned Shares either: (1) in cash (including check, bank draft, or money order); or (2) by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company already owned by the Optionee; or (3) tendering shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Optionee by delivery of a completed and signed Trinity Industries, Inc. “Stock Option Exercise Attestation Form”; (4) by providing herewith an order for a designated broker to sell part or all of the Optioned Shares and deliver sufficient proceeds to the Company to pay the full exercise price of the Optioned Shares; or (5) by a combination of items b(1), b(2), b(3) or b(4) above .

(c) Tendering the amount of any federal, state, or local tax required to be withheld by the Company due to the exercise of an option granted hereunder which shall be satisfied, at the election of the Optionee but subject to change by the Human Resources Committee, (the “Committee”), either (a) by payment by the Optionee to the Company of the amount of such withholding obligation in cash (the “Cash Method”), or (b) through the retention by the Company of a number of shares of Common Stock out of the Shares being purchased through the exercise of the option having a fair market value equal to the amount of the minimum withholding obligation (the “Share Retention Method”).

               Shares of Common Stock of the Company delivered or tendered to exercise the option must be held for at least six months prior to the date of exercise of the option if the shares were acquired by previous exercise of a stock option or by vesting of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Shares acquired by methods other than exercise of a stock option (e.g. open market purchase, gift, etc.) do not have the six month holding requirement.

               As soon as practicable after such exercise of the option in whole or in part by the Optionee, the Company will deliver to the Optionee or for the account of the Optionee a certificate or certificates for the number of shares with respect to which the option shall be so exercised minus the number of shares to be withheld, if any, issued in the Optionee’s name. Each purchase of stock hereunder shall be a separate and divisible transaction and a complete contract in and of itself.

          3. Compliance with Securities and Other Laws. The Company shall not be required to sell or issue shares of Common Stock under option if the issuance thereof would constitute a violation by either the Optionee or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority or any national securities exchange. As a condition of any sale or issuance of the shares of Common Stock under option, the Company may place legends on shares, issue stop transfer orders and require such agreements or undertakings from the Optionee as the Company may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance with any such law or regulation, including, if the Company or its counsel deems it appropriate, representations from the Optionee that the Optionee is acquiring the shares of Common Stock solely for investment and not with a view to distribution and that no distribution of such shares acquired by the Optionee will be made unless registered pursuant to applicable federal and state securities laws, or in the opinion of counsel of the Company, such registration is unnecessary.

          4. Early Termination of Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof, in the event that the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company for any reason, this option shall terminate completely as to all shares with respect to which the Optionee was not entitled, under the terms hereof, to purchase at the date of such cessation of service. However, to

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

the extent that this option could have been exercised at the date of cessation of service and the Optionee could have purchased shares, under the terms hereof, at the date of such cessation of service, then this option shall continue with respect to those shares which the Optionee could have purchased and had not purchased, under the terms hereof, at the date of such cessation of service only to the extent set forth below.

          For purposes hereof, the terms “Disability”, “Retirement” and “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the 2004 Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the fact that the Optionee is discharged for cause, as determined solely and exclusively by the Committee, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited at the time of the Optionee’s discharge for cause.

(b) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s resignation, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited ten (10) days after the date of the Optionee’s resignation; except that in case the Optionee shall die within ten (10) days after the date of resignation, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from the date of resignation to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(c) If the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s Retirement, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited three (3) months after the date of the Optionee’s Retirement; except that in case the Optionee shall die within three (3) months after the date of Retirement, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributes of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (12) months from the date of death to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(d) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of the Optionee’s Disability, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited three (3) months after the date that the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate; except that in case the Optionee shall die within three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (d), the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from such cessation of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(e) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of death, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from the termination of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

(f) Unless such periods are otherwise extended by the Committee, if the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than discharge for cause, resignation, Retirement, Disability, or death, all rights of the Optionee to exercise an option shall terminate, lapse, and be forfeited three (3) months after the date that the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate; except that in case the Optionee shall die within three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (f), the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (l2) months from such cessation of service to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised.

(g) Despite the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section 4, no option shall be exercisable under any condition after the date or dates specified in Section l.

          5. Nontransferability of Option. This option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and this option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of this option contrary to the provisions hereof, or the levy of any execution, attachment, or similar process upon this option shall be null and void and without effect.

          6. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. The Committee may make adjustments in the number of shares subject to option for any subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock of the Company as provided in the 2004 Plan.

          Except as expressly provided in the 2004 Plan and in Section 7 hereof, Optionee shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, reorganization, merger, or consolidation, or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation, and any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Optioned Shares or the Exercise Price.

          The granting of this option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

          7. Vesting of Option.

(a) The option granted hereunder may only be exercised to the extent that the Optionee is vested in such option. The Optionee shall vest in the option granted hereunder in accordance with the schedule specified in Section l. This option vesting schedule will be accelerated at the discretion of the Committee as provided in the 2004 Plan or in the event the provisions of paragraphs (b) or (c) of this Section 7 apply.

(b) If the Optionee ceases to be an officer, director, or employee of the Company or an Affiliate by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement, or in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, the Optionee or the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

distributees of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall become fully vested in the option granted hereunder and shall have the immediate right to exercise such option to the extent not previously exercised.

(c) In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the option granted hereunder shall terminate as of a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors, provided that not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of the date so fixed shall be given to the Optionee and the Optionee shall have the right during such period to exercise the option even though the option would not otherwise be exercisable under the option vesting schedule. At the end of such period, any unexercised option shall terminate and be of no further effect.

          8. No Rights of a Stockholder or of Continued Employment or of Grant of Additional Options. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Optioned Shares except to the extent that one or more certificates for Optioned Shares shall have been delivered to Optionee, or Optionee has been determined to be a stockholder of record by the Company’s Transfer Agent, upon due exercise of the option. Further, nothing herein shall confer upon Optionee any right to remain in the employ or continue as a director of the Company or one of its Affiliates, and nothing herein shall be construed in any manner to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Optionee’s employment or directorship at any time. Further, nothing herein shall confer upon Optionee any right to receive any future grants of options.

          9. Substitution for Stock Appreciation Rights. As provided in the 2004 Plan, the Committee, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting for equity-based compensation granted to its employees and/or directors, shall have the right to substitute Stock Appreciation Rights for outstanding Options granted to Optionee, provided the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights call for settlement by the issuance of Shares, and the terms and conditions of the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights are equivalent to the terms and conditions of the Options being replaced, as determined by the Committee.

          10. Interpretation by the Committee. The administration of the Company’s 2004 Plan has been vested in the Committee, and all questions of interpretation and application of these Terms and Conditions and the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Option Agreement shall be subject to the determination by a majority of such Committee members, which determination shall be final and binding on Optionee.

          11. Confidentiality. The option granted hereunder is to be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL. An Optionee who shares information regarding the option granted hereunder with other employees or outside persons, other than as required to comply with applicable laws or as necessary to manage his or her personal finances, is subject to the option granted hereunder being forfeited upon a determination by the Human Resources Committee that the Optionee has violated this Section.

          12. Option Subject to Stock Option Plan. In case of any conflict between these Terms and Conditions, the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Incentive Option Agreement and the 2004 Plan, the terms, conditions and provisions of the 2004 Plan shall be controlling.

 

EX-10.11.3 4 d22977exv10w11w3.htm FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT exv10w11w3
 

EXHIBIT 10.11.3

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), by and between TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC. (hereinafter called the “Company”) and ___(hereinafter called the “Grantee”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Grantee complies with the requirements of eligibility for the award of Restricted stock under the Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company has determined to award to the Grantee ___(___) shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, as a retention incentive, to encourage a sense of proprietorship by the Grantee and to stimulate the active interest of the Grantee in promoting the development, growth, performance and financial success of the Company by affording the Grantee an opportunity to obtain an increased proprietary interest in the Company so as to assure a closer identification between the Grantee’s interest and the interest of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Shares.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement and the restrictions set forth below, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee the total number of shares of common stock of the Company set forth above (the “Restricted Shares”).

2. Shareholder Status.

Effective upon the date of grant, Grantee has become the holder of record of the Restricted Shares and has all rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote the Restricted Shares and the right to receive all dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 


 

3. Restrictions.

The Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (the “Restrictions on Transferability”) until the Restrictions on Transferability shall lapse. The Restrictions on Transferability shall lapse upon the first to occur of the following:

  (i)   4 years from grant for 33 1/3% of the Restricted Shares;
 
  (ii)   6 years from grant for 33 1/3% of the Restricted Shares;
 
  (iii)   8 years from grant for 33 1/3% of the Restricted Shares;
 
  (iv)   Retirement as defined in the Plan;
 
  (v)   death;
 
  (vi)   Disability as defined in the Plan;
 
  (vii)   a Change in Control as defined in the Plan; or
 
  (viii)   the consent, at any time after three years from the date of this grant, to the removal of the restrictions by the Human Resources Committee in its sole discretion.

All of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited by the Grantee to the Company if prior to the lapse of the Restrictions on Transferability the Grantee’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than death, disability or retirement under the Trinity Standard Pension Plan or as provided by paragraph 7 hereof. Upon forfeiture, the Company shall have all right, title and interest in the Restricted Shares and the Grantee shall have no further right, title or interest therein. Until the Restrictions on Transferability shall lapse, the certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall bear a legend giving notice of such restrictions as follows:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO A RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF ___, 2004, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF OR ENCUMBERED AT ANYTIME WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE COMPANY.

Upon the lapse of the Restrictions on Transferability with respect to any of the Restricted Shares, a certificate representing such shares and without the restrictive legend noted above shall be delivered to Grantee or Grantee’s personal representative, provided that the Grantee or Grantee’s personal representative has made appropriate arrangements with the Company for applicable taxes which are required to be withheld under federal, state or local law or the tax withholding requirement has otherwise been satisfied. The Grantee may elect, in accordance with Company policy in effect at the time, to pay in shares of Common Stock of the Company a portion or all of the amount of the federal, state or local, income or other taxes required by law to be withheld in

2


 

connection with the lapse of Restrictions on Transferability. To make such election the Grantee shall authorize the Company to withhold, on or about the date such withholding tax liability is determinable, a portion of the shares that were or otherwise would be distributed to the Grantee upon the lapse of Restrictions on Transferability having a fair market value equal to the amount of such required withholding taxes that the Grantee elects to pay in shares.

4. No Rights of Continued Service.

Nothing herein shall confer upon Grantee any right to remain an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and nothing herein shall be construed in any manner to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate the Grantee’s service at any time.

5. Interpretation of this Agreement.

The administration of the Company’s Plan has been vested in the Plan Committee of the Board of Directors, and all questions of interpretation and application of this grant shall be subject to determination by a majority of the members of the Committee, which determination shall be final and binding on Grantee.

6. Subject to Plan.

The Restricted Shares are granted subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan of the Company, which plan is incorporated herein by reference. In case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms and provisions of the Plan shall be controlling.

7. Confidentiality

This Restricted Stock Grant is to be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL. A Grantee who shares information regarding this Restricted Stock Grant with other employees or outside persons, other than as required to comply with applicable laws or as necessary to manage his or her personal finances, is subject to his or her rights hereunder being forfeited upon a determination by the Human Resources Committee that the Grantee has violated this paragraph.

8. Acceptance and Stock Power.

The grant of the Restricted Shares under this Agreement is subject to and conditioned upon: (i) Grantee’s acceptance of the terms hereof by the return of an executed copy of this Agreement to the Company and (ii) delivery of an executed stock power in the attached form.

3


 

DATED as of the ___day of September, 2004.

     
  TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
   
 
  NAME:
  TITLE:
 
   
  GRANTEE
 
   
 
  NAME:

4


 

IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer, to Trinity Industries, Inc., ___(___) shares of the common stock of Trinity Industries, Inc. awarded to the undersigned and for which restrictions have not lapsed pursuant to a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement dated as of September 8, 2004 represented by certificate No(s). ___for ___ shares standing in the name of the undersigned on the books of said Company.

     

 
DATE
  NAME

 

EX-10.11.4 5 d22977exv10w11w4.htm FORM OF NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS exv10w11w4
 

EXHIBIT 10.11.4

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

     THIS AGREEMENT, by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”) and Optionee (hereinafter called the “Optionee”);

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Optionee is a non-employee director of the Company in a capacity which complies with the requirements of eligibility of the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and the Company desires that the Optionee remain a non-employee director of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has determined to grant to the Optionee an option to encourage the Optionee to remain a non-employee director of the Company and to afford the Optionee an opportunity to obtain an increased proprietary interest in the Company so as to assure a closer identification between the Optionee’s interest and the interest of the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     l. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Company hereby grants to the Optionee the option to purchase from the Company the $1.00 par value Common Stock of the Company over a period of time. The price per share (the “Exercise Price”), the total number of shares subject to the option (the “Optioned Shares”), and the periods of time during which such Optioned Shares may be purchased are as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

     The options granted hereunder are not intended to constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     2. Manner of Exercising Option. The option granted herein shall be exercised by the Optionee only in the State of Texas at the principal office of the Company by:

(a) Delivering to the Controller of the Company a written notice specifying the number of Optioned Shares the Optionee then desires to purchase, which written notice shall be in substantially the following form and shall be signed by the Optionee:

 


 

“To Trinity Industries, Inc.:

I hereby exercise my option to purchase from Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) at Dallas, Texas ___shares of its Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and in accordance with my Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated [the date of this Agreement] and hereby tender in payment therefore cash and/or stock in the amount of, and/or with an aggregate value equal to $___, being $___ per share.

     
 
  “(Name of Optionee)”
  “(Date)”

(b) Tendering the full exercise price of such Optioned Shares either: (1) in cash (including check, bank draft, or money order); or (2) by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company already owned by the Optionee; or (3) tendering shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Optionee by delivery of a completed and signed Trinity Industries, Inc. “Stock Option Exercise Attestation Form”; (4) by providing herewith an order for a designated broker to sell part or all of the Optioned Shares and deliver sufficient proceeds to the Company to pay the full exercise price of the Optioned Shares; or (5) by a combination of items b(1), b(2), b(3) or b(4) above .

(c) Tendering the amount of any federal, state, or local tax required to be withheld by the Company due to the exercise of an option granted hereunder which shall be satisfied, at the election of the Optionee but subject to change by the Human Resources Committee, (the “Committee”), either (a) by payment by the Optionee to the Company of the amount of such withholding obligation in cash (the “Cash Method”), or (b) through the retention by the Company of a number of shares of Common Stock out of the Shares being purchased through the exercise of the option having a fair market value equal to the amount of the minimum withholding obligation (the “Share Retention Method”).

          Shares of Common Stock of the Company delivered or tendered to exercise the option must be held for at least six months prior to the date of exercise of the option if the shares were acquired by previous exercise of a stock option. Shares acquired by methods other than exercise of a stock option (e.g. open market purchase, gift, etc.) do not have the six month holding requirement.

          As soon as practicable after such exercise of the option in whole or in part by the Optionee, the Company will deliver to the Optionee at the Company’s principal office in the State of Texas a certificate or certificates for the number of shares with respect to which the option shall be so exercised minus the number of shares to be withheld, if any, issued in the Optionee’s

2


 

name. Each purchase of stock hereunder shall be a separate and divisible transaction and a complete contract in and of itself.

     3. Compliance with Securities and Other Laws. The Company shall not be required to sell or issue shares of Common Stock under option if the issuance thereof would constitute a violation by either the Optionee or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority or any national securities exchange. As a condition of any sale or issuance of the shares of Common Stock under option, the Company may place legends on shares, issue stop transfer orders and require such agreements or undertakings from the Optionee as the Company may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance with any such law or regulation, including, if the Company or its counsel deems it appropriate, representations from the Optionee that the Optionee is acquiring the shares of Common Stock solely for investment and not with a view to distribution and that no distribution of such shares acquired by the Optionee will be made unless registered pursuant to applicable federal and state securities laws, or in the opinion of counsel of the Company, such registration is unnecessary.

     4. Early Termination of Option. Unless otherwise extended by the Board, in the event that the Optionee ceases to be a director of the Company, then this option shall continue with respect to those shares which the Optionee had not purchased, under the terms hereof, at the date of such cessation of service for thirty-six (36) months; except in case the Optionee shall die while a director or within thirty-six (36) months after termination, the personal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributes of the Optionee, as appropriate, shall have the right up to twelve (12) months from the date of death to exercise any such option to the extent that the option was exercisable prior to death and had not been so exercised. Provided however, no option shall be exercisable under any condition after the dates specified in Section 1.

     5. Nontransferability of Option. Except as provided in the 2004 Plan, this option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and this option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of this option contrary to the provisions hereof, or the levy of any execution, attachment, or similar process upon this option shall be null and void and without effect.

     6. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. The Committee may make adjustments in the number of shares subject to option for any subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock of the Company as provided in the 2004 Plan.

     Except as expressly provided in the 2004 Plan and in Section 7, Optionee shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, reorganization, merger, or consolidation, or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation, and any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Optioned Shares or the Exercise Price.

3


 

     The granting of this option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

     7. No Rights of a Stockholder or of Continued Employment. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Optioned Shares except to the extent that one or more certificates for Optioned Shares shall have been delivered to Optionee, or Optionee has been determined to be a stockholder of record by the Company’s Transfer Agent, upon due exercise of the option. Further, nothing herein shall confer upon Optionee any right to remain in the employ or continue as a director of the Company or one of its Affiliates, and nothing herein shall be construed in any manner to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Optionee’s employment or directorship at any time.

     8. Substitution for Stock Appreciation Rights. As provided in the 2004 Plan, the Committee, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting for equity-based compensation granted to its employees and/or directors, shall have the right to substitute Stock Appreciation Rights for outstanding Options granted to Optionee, provided the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights call for settlement by the issuance of Shares, and the terms and conditions of the substituted Stock Appreciation Rights are equivalent to the terms and conditions of the Options being replaced, as determined by the Committee.

     9. Interpretation of this Agreement. The administration of the Company’s 2004 Plan has been vested in the Committee, and all questions of interpretation and application of this option shall be subject to the determination by a majority of such Committee members, which determination shall be final and binding on Optionee.

     10. Option Subject to Stock Option Plan. This option is granted subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of the 2004 Plan, which 2004 Plan is incorporated herein by reference. In case of any conflict between this Agreement and the 2004 Plan, the terms, conditions and provisions of the 2004 Plan shall be controlling.

     EXECUTED as of ___, ___.

         
      Trinity Industries, Inc.
 
       
  By:  
     
  Optionee:
 
   
 

4


 

Exhibit A
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC
.
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
Dated

 

EX-10.11.5 6 d22977exv10w11w5.htm FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS exv10w11w5
 

EXHIBIT 10.11.5

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of_________, ______(“Grant Date”) by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“Company”), and name (“Director”), is entered into as follows:

     WHEREAS, the Company has established the Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and which Plan is made a part hereof;

     WHEREAS, terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement unless otherwise specifically stated; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that the Director be granted Restricted Stock Units subject to the terms of the Plan and the terms stated below, as hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   Grant of Units
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan, the Company hereby credits to a separate account maintained on the books of the Company (“Account”) ___ Restricted Stock Units (“Units”). Each Unit shall be subject to conversion into a share of the Company’s $1.00 par value Common Stock (“Stock”) as herein provided.
 
2.   Vesting Schedule
 
    The interest of the Director in the Units shall immediately vest as to 100% of such Units.
 
3.   Restrictions
 
    The Units granted hereunder may not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred and may not be subject to lien, garnishment, attachment or other legal process.
 
4.   Dividend Equivalents
 
    If on any date the Company shall pay any dividend or other distribution on the Stock (other than a dividend in Stock), the Director shall be paid an amount in cash for each Unit equal to the amount of dividend paid on the Stock, less any amounts required to be held for federal, state or local withholding taxes; provided however, in the event of a distribution to stockholders of the Company of assets or a distribution of the stock of a subsidiary as a dividend or spin off, the Board of Directors of the Company will

 


 

    determine in its absolute discretion the equitable treatment for the Units granted by this Agreement.
 
5.   Changes in Stock
 
    In the event of any change in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Stock by reason of a subdivision or consolidation of the Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only in Stock) or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration, the Company shall make an appropriate adjustment in the number and terms of the Units credited to the Director’s Account so that, after such adjustment, the Units shall represent a right to receive the same number of shares of Stock that the Director would have received in connection with such increase or decrease in shares of Stock as if Director had owned on the applicable record date a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of Units credited to the Director’s Account prior to such adjustment.
 
6.   Form and Timing of Payment
 
    The Company shall distribute to the Director a number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of vested Units credited to the Director within 60 days from the date the Director’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company terminates for any reason, or earlier upon a “Change of Control” or upon the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
7.   Taxes
 
    The Director shall be liable for any and all taxes, including required withholding taxes, arising out of this grant or the vesting of Units hereunder. The Director may elect to satisfy any minimum withholding tax obligation that the Company is required to make by making an election for the Company to retain Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the Company’s withholding obligation.
 
8.   Miscellaneous

  (a)   All amounts credited to the Director’s Account under this Agreement shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general assets of the Company. The Director’s interest in the Account shall make Director only a general, unsecured creditor of the Company.
 
  (b)   The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon delivery to the Director at Director’s address then on file with the Company.
 
  (d)   Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor any provisions under either shall be construed so as to grant the Director any right to remain as a Director of the Company.

 


 

  (e)   Except as provided in paragraph 4 hereof, nothing herein shall be construed as to grant Director any stock ownership rights commonly associated with stock ownership including voting rights.
 
  (f)   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

         
    TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
       
  By  
 
       
     
      Director

 

EX-10.22 7 d22977exv10w22.htm EXECUTIVE TRANSITION, NON-COMPETE AND RELEASE exv10w22
 

EXHIBIT 10.22

EXECUTIVE TRANSITION, NON-COMPETE
AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

     This EXECUTIVE TRANSITION, NON-COMPETE AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter “this Agreement”) is entered into by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “Trinity”), and Michael E. Flannery (hereinafter “Flannery”). Trinity and Flannery are collectively hereinafter referred to as “the Parties.”

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, on October 14, 2004, Trinity notified Flannery his employment position was being eliminated, effective immediately;

     WHEREAS, the Parties agreed to establish an employment transition period from October 15, 2004 through December 31, 2005, and Flannery agrees to make himself available to Trinity at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice for consultations and information exchange during this transition period;

     WHEREAS, in order to induce Flannery to remain available during this transition period, and in exchange for Flannery entering into this Agreement, Trinity will provide Flannery certain additional compensation and other consideration as set forth in this Agreement; and,

     WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to settle fully and finally, in the manner set forth herein, all bona fide and other disputes, controversies and differences between them, both as to liability and the amount of damages, if any, which have arisen, or which may arise prior to, or on, the effective date of this Agreement, including, but in no way limited to, any and all claims and controversies arising out of the employment relationship between Flannery and Trinity.

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the Parties promise and agree as follows:

1. Transition Period. In consideration for Flannery entering into this Agreement, Trinity agrees to employ Flannery in a non-executive capacity at his current base rate of pay, beginning October 15, 2004, and continuing through December 31, 2005 (hereinafter “the Transition Period”), at which time Flannery’s employment and payments hereunder will terminate. In the event of Flannery’s death during the Transition Period, any remaining cash payments required to be made by this Agreement will be made to Flannery’s spouse, or if she should predecease Flannery, to Flannery’s estate. During the Transition Period, Flannery agrees to make himself available to Trinity at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice for consultations and information exchange, and Flannery will be eligible to participate in the standard employee benefit plans Flannery participated in immediately


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 1

 


 

preceding the effective date of this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “standard employee benefits” for 2005 excludes the Executive Perquisite Program dated July 1, 2001, the Calendar Year 2005 Incentive Compensation Program, the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement dated December 13, 2001, the Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement dated December 12, 2001, vacation and sick pay.

2. Incentive Compensation Program. The Parties stipulate the amount of incentive pay under the Calendar Year 2004 Incentive Compensation Program will be One Hundred Thirteen Thousand Two Hundred and 03/100ths Dollars ($113,200.03) payable to Flannery on or about the date Flannery would have otherwise received such incentive payment. Flannery acknowledges and agrees he will not participate in any Trinity incentive compensation or bonus plans or programs for calendar year 2005.

3. Executive Outplacement. In further consideration for Flannery entering into this Agreement, Trinity agrees to provide Flannery executive outplacement services through ShieldsMenely Partners, 311 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 3725, Chicago, Illinois 60606, for a period not to exceed the earlier to occur of: (a) December 31, 2005; or, (b) until Flannery becomes employed; provided, however, in no case will Trinity pay more than Forty Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($40,000.00) for such outplacement services. Any fees paid under this paragraph will be paid directly to ShieldsMenely upon presentation of valid invoices to Trinity from ShieldsMenely for services rendered on behalf of Flannery.

4. 2004 Earned Vacation. Trinity agrees to pay Flannery two (2) weeks of earned vacation on or before December 31, 2004.

5. Incentive Stock Option Grants (“ISO’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the ISO’s granted: (i) May 9, 2002, under the 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“the 1998 Plan”); and, (ii) May 29, 2003, under the 1998 Plan will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the 1998 Plan and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the ISO’s. All rights of Flannery to exercise vested ISO’s shall terminate, lapse and be forfeited on March 31, 2006. Exhibit A sets forth a listing of all ISO’s granted to Flannery and further sets forth those that currently are vested and those that will vest during the Transition Period.

6. Non-Qualified Stock Option Grants (“NQSO’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the NQSO’s granted: (i) October 26, 2001, under the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Trinity and Flannery dated October 26, 2001 (“the TRG Plan”); (ii) May 9, 2002, under the 1998 Plan; (iii) May 29, 2003, under the 1998 Plan; and, (iv) May 10, 2004, under the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“the 2004 Plan”) will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the TRG Plan, the 1998 Plan, or the 2004 Plan, whichever is applicable, and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the NQSO’s. All rights of Flannery to exercise vested NQSO’s shall terminate, lapse and be forfeited on March 31,


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 2

 


 

2006. Exhibit A sets forth a listing of all NQSO’s granted to Flannery and further sets forth those that currently are vested and those that will vest during the Transition Period.

7. Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement (“DCP”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement dated December 12, 2001, will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the DCP and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the DCP; provided, however, Trinity agrees to include the stipulated incentive compensation for 2004 set forth in paragraph 2 in Flannery’s 2004 DCP. Flannery acknowledges and agrees he will not participate in the DCP for Fiscal Year 2005 and that he will receive a distribution of his DCP account balance on or about January 1, 2006.

8. General Release. In exchange for the consideration set forth in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, Flannery hereby IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASES, ACQUITS, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES, for himself, his spouse, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and assigns, Trinity and its current and former subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, limited liability companies, partnerships, successors, assigns, directors, officers, shareholders, Managers, employees, supervisors, attorneys, insurers, agents and representatives (“the Released Parties”), from any and all claims, complaints, grievances, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, damages, actions and causes of action, suits, rights, debts, demands, grievances, controversies, costs, losses, interest, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) whatsoever, in law or in equity, other than any arising under this Agreement, and demands of every kind or nature whatsoever which Flannery now has, or may have or assert, growing out of or pertaining to, any transactions, dealings, employment, conduct, acts or omissions, or other matters or things arising from Flannery’s relationship with Trinity occurring or existing at any time on or prior to the effective date of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Flannery releases Trinity from any and all rights or claims under the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement dated December 13, 2001; all ISO’s, NQSO’s and restricted stock awards which are not presently vested or will not become vested during the Transition Period (including all restricted shares granted May 29, 2003 under the 1998 Plan, all incentive stock options granted May 10, 2004 under the 2004 Plan; all restricted shares granted May 11, 2004 under the 2004 Plan, and those ISO’s granted May 29, 2003, under the 1998 Plan, and those NQSO’s granted May 29, 2003 under the 1998 Plan and May 10, 2004 under the 2004 Plan); bonuses and incentive compensation (excluding the stipulated incentive payable under the Calendar Year 2004 Incentive Compensation Program as set forth in paragraph 2); 2005 participation in the Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement dated December 12, 2001; 2005 participation in the Executive Perquisite Program dated July 1, 2001; any and all claims for benefits (other than those benefits vested as of the effective date of this Agreement or which become vested prior to the expiration of the Transition Period, and those “standard employee benefits” Flannery is eligible to participate in during the Transition Period); compensatory and punitive damages; any and all claims for personal, emotional and medical injury; any and all claims for breach of contract or quasi-contract; or tort or negligence; as well as costs, interest, expenses and attorneys’ fees. To


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 3

 


 

the extent allowed by law, Flannery waives any and all rights and claims which he has, or may have, against Trinity under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, the Illinois Human Rights Act, as amended, the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, as amended, or any other federal, state or municipal statutes, regulations, executive orders or ordinances, including any and all causes of action recognized at common law and/or public policy of the United States of America, the State of Illinois and/or the State of Texas. Trinity releases Flannery from any and all claims associated with Flannery’s employment with Trinity.

9. Legal Proceedings. For a period of eighteen (18) months from the effective date of this Agreement, Flannery agrees, without the necessity of a subpoena, to make himself available, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, if deemed needed by Trinity, for any and all legal proceedings or threatened legal proceedings involving Trinity and agrees to cooperate fully with Trinity in any such legal proceeding or threatened proceeding for which Trinity may call him as a witness. Flannery will also cooperate reasonably with Trinity by providing any requested information and reasonably assist in the preparation for any discovery or legal proceedings. Further, Flannery will immediately notify Trinity upon being contacted by any person or entity not specifically authorized by Trinity requesting information about internal company operations or matters, and Flannery will refrain from providing any information until after notification to and consultation with Trinity. Flannery shall be reimbursed reasonable expenses incurred while serving as a witness for Trinity in any such proceedings. Flannery agrees to provide Trinity with proper documentation for expenses prior to reimbursement.

10. Non-Compete. For the consideration set forth in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Agreement, Flannery agrees that for a period of eighteen (18) months, October 15, 2004, through April 14, 2006 (“the Non-Competition Term”), without the written consent of Trinity, Flannery will not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a member of a partnership, or limited liability company, or as an officer, stockholder owning more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding stock, corporate director, employee, consultant, representative, or similar capacity of any company or entity, compete with Trinity anywhere in North America or Europe in any railcar, axle or end of car castings manufacturing, railcar repair or railcar leasing businesses engaged in by Trinity during the three (3) years preceding the effective date of this Agreement (“the Restricted Business”). Flannery further agrees that during the Non-Competition Term, Flannery will not, directly or indirectly, do anything which will divert Restricted Business from Trinity with any customer or supplier of Trinity during the three (3) preceding years, or with any party whose identity or potential as a customer was confidential and was learned by Flannery while an employee of Trinity. Flannery shall not during the Non-Competition Term either directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any person to leave employment of Trinity or any affiliate of Trinity without the written consent of Trinity.

11. Covenant Not to Sue. Except for any actions necessary to enforce this Agreement, Flannery hereby warrants and promises neither Flannery nor any agent or


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 4

 


 

legal representative of Flannery has filed, or will file or initiate, a lawsuit against Trinity or the Released Parties in any federal, state or local forum as to any claim or dispute released under this Agreement. If Flannery or anyone acting on his behalf, including any federal, state, county or municipal agency or entity, files any administrative claim or charge pertaining to Flannery’s employment with Trinity or relating to any claim released under this Agreement, Flannery hereby agrees to disclaim and waive any claim for damages of any nature, including wages, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.

12. Confidentiality. For the consideration set forth in paragraph 1, 2 and 3 of this Agreement, Flannery agrees that as a key member of the staff of Trinity, Flannery has occupied a position of trust and confidence with respect to confidential information which is the property of Trinity. Flannery therefore agrees that Flannery will not, for a period of two (2) years from the effective date of this Agreement, use, divulge, furnish or make accessible such information to anyone outside of Trinity or its affiliates. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “confidential information” shall mean information of any nature and in any form which at the time or times concerned is not generally know to those persons engaged in a business similar to that conducted or contemplated by Trinity and which relates to any one or more of the aspects of the present or past business of Trinity or its predecessors, including, but not limited to, Trinity’s growth plans, its acquisitions and development projects, its joint venture projects or any other kind of business combination proposals, and all policies, processes, formulas, techniques, know-how and other knowledge, information, trade secrets, trade practices or facts relating to sales, marketing strategy, advertising promotions, financial matters, customers, lists of customers, suppliers’ or manufacturers’ representatives or other distributors, customers’ purchases, and information relating to the business of Trinity, the location of manufacturing facilities and any plans therefor and the type of products produced at such facilities, and the methods used by Trinity in procuring materials, services and supplies (including any and all of its sources for the procurement of materials, services and supplies). For purposes of this paragraph, any such confidential information which is disclosed to any third party by an employee or representative of Trinity not authorized to make such disclosure shall be deemed to remain confidential. In the event Flannery is requested by subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process in any proceeding to disclose any confidential information, Flannery will give Trinity prompt written notice of such request so Trinity may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order or a waiver hereunder, Flannery is, in the reasonable written opinion of outside counsel, compelled to disclose such confidential information, Flannery may disclose only such information as counsel advises that is required to be disclosed in such proceeding without liability hereunder; provided, however, that Flannery, upon Trinity’s request and its expense, will use his best efforts to obtain assurances that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information. Flannery and Trinity


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 5

 


 

agree and covenant that neither party will make any statements, comments or communications of any form, oral or written, which in any way slanders or otherwise disparages the other party, or which is derogatory or detrimental to the good name and/or business reputation of any of the aforementioned parties or entities.

13. Proper Disclosure and Indemnification. Flannery affirms he has properly and truly disclosed to the Trinity Board, and/or appropriate corporate officers of Trinity, all acts, conduct, undertakings, as well as oral, written and digital communications, which have been, or could be, subject to audit. Trinity agrees to continue to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Flannery from and against any claims or action asserted against him for his acts as an executive or officer of Trinity to the same extent as such obligation existed while Flannery was an executive or officer.

14. Return of Property and Records. Flannery agrees to return to Trinity any and all Trinity property, equipment, business records and proprietary information in his possession, agrees not to retain copies or summaries of such records and proprietary information, and further agrees not to disclose to others any confidential or other proprietary information concerning the business affairs of Trinity. Specifically, without limitation, Flannery agrees to immediately return to Trinity all business records, including, but not limited to, files, forms, work papers, documents, memoranda, correspondence, records, diaries, e-mails, notes, notebooks, computer files, discs, CDs and printouts; all business property, including, but not limited to, Trinity issued credit cards, phone cards, security access card, electronic equipment, computer programs, estimates, logs, invoices and computer equipment.

15. No Admission of Liability. Flannery does hereby acknowledge and promise that, although there is included in the foregoing the full, complete and final settlement and satisfaction of all claims, demands and charges of every nature growing out of those matters involved in each and every aspect of Flannery’s employment relationship with Trinity, these facts shall in no manner be deemed an admission, finding or indication – for any purpose whatsoever – that Trinity has, at any time (including the present) or in any respect, contrary to law or to the rights of any person, violated Flannery’s rights.

16. Governing Law and Severability. Flannery acknowledges and agrees the terms and conditions of this Agreement are contractual and not a mere recital. Flannery further agrees and acknowledges that the validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas (except that paragraph 10 shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois), unless preempted by federal law, and that if any provision contained herein should be determined by any court or administrative agency to be illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or otherwise contrary to public policy, the validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal or invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 6

 


 

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no other agreements, understandings, conditions, or representations, express or implied, that are not merged within or superseded hereby. The Parties agree that changes to this Agreement, whether material or immaterial, will not re-start the running of “the Consideration Period” as defined in paragraph 19 of this Agreement.

18. Compliance with Law. Flannery acknowledges that the terms of this Agreement fully comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act, as amended, the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, as amended, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, including, but not limited to, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, as amended, and implementing regulations, and that said terms therefore are final and binding. Specifically, Flannery acknowledges that this Agreement specifically refers to his rights and claims under the federal and state statutes prohibiting age discrimination, and he understands that he is irrevocably waiving such rights and claims. The consideration recited in this Agreement is good and valuable, and said consideration is in addition to payments or benefits to which Flannery would otherwise be entitled as a terminating employee of Trinity.

19. Voluntary Consent. By signing this Agreement, Flannery acknowledges: (a) he has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and their import; (b) any and all questions regarding the terms of this Agreement have been asked and answered to his complete satisfaction; (c) he has had at least 21 days to consider the terms and effects of this Agreement (“the Consideration Period”) and has either considered it for that period of time or has knowingly and voluntarily waived his right to do so; (d) he may revoke this Agreement by sending written notice to JERRY L. MYERS, CORPORATE LABOR & EMPLOYMENT COUNSEL, TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207, so as to be received within seven (7) days of Flannery’s signing of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”); (e) the receipt of the consideration described in this Agreement is expressly conditioned on his signing of this Agreement and the expiration of the mandatory Revocation Period, without revocation by Flannery; (f) he has been given the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his own choosing, Jeffrey L. London, regarding the terms of this Agreement and encouraged to do so; (g) Flannery must sign this Agreement and return it to Timothy R. Wallace, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207, before November 30, 2004, otherwise this offer will expire and this Agreement will be null and void; (h) he acknowledges that this Agreement was not requested nor provided in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program offered to a group or class of employees; (i) the consideration provided for herein is good and valuable, and it is accepted by Flannery in full satisfaction of all claims Flannery has, or may have, against the Released Parties, as well as adequate consideration for Flannery’s commitments made herein; and, (j) he is entering into this Agreement voluntarily, of his own free will, and without any coercion, undue influence, threat, or intimidation of any kind or type whatsoever.


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 7

 


 

20. Captions. The paragraph captions are inserted herein only as a matter of convenience and attempted reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Flannery and Trinity execute this Agreement on the 23rd day of November, 2004 (“the effective date of this Agreement”).

     
MICHAEL E. FLANNERY
  TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
   
/s/ Michael E. Flannery
  /s/ Timothy R. Wallace

 
Michael E. Flannery
  Timothy R. Wallace,
  Chairman, President and
       Chief Executive Officer
  on behalf of said corporation.


(EXECUTIVE TRANSITION LOGO)Executive Transition, Non-Compete and Release Agreement — Page 8

 

EX-10.23 8 d22977exv10w23.htm RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT - JIM S. IVY exv10w23
 

EXHIBIT 10.23

RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT

     This RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT (hereinafter “this Agreement”) is entered into by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “Trinity”), and Jim S. Ivy (hereinafter “Ivy”), effective this 14th day of December 2004. Trinity and Ivy are collectively hereinafter referred to as “the Parties.”

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, during late 2003, Ivy notified Trinity of his intent to begin a gradual transition towards a 2008 retirement;

     WHEREAS, as part of Trinity’s longstanding succession plan, the Parties agreed to begin Ivy’s phased retirement transition on January 1, 2005;

     WHEREAS, in mid-March 2005, Ivy will relinquish his executive position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and assume a non-executive role as Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer;

     WHEREAS, Trinity recognizes Ivy has certain knowledge, skills and business acumen that will be beneficial for a variety of special projects, business development and investment community communication;

     WHEREAS, Trinity desires to assure itself of the services of Ivy for the period provided in this Agreement, and Ivy desires to serve in the employ of Trinity on the terms and conditions hereinafter provided; and,

     WHEREAS, in order to induce Ivy to faithfully and diligently perform his duties and transfer his business knowledge to others at Trinity during his retirement transition, Trinity has agreed to provide Ivy certain compensation and management arrangements as set forth in this Agreement;

     WHEREAS, the Parties also desire to settle fully and finally, in the manner set forth herein, all differences between them which have arisen, or which may arise, prior to, or at the time of, the execution of this Agreement, including any and all claims and controversies arising out of the employment relationship between Ivy and Trinity prior to the effective date of this Agreement.


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 1

 


 

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the Parties promise and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

     1.1 Employment. Trinity hereby employs Ivy, and Ivy hereby accepts employment by Trinity, for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

     1.2 Term. Subject to the provisions hereof, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the effective date and shall end on June 30, 2008, at which time Ivy’s retirement shall commence and this Agreement shall terminate.

     1.3 Early Termination. This Agreement and the payments hereunder shall terminate on the date Ivy breaches this Agreement or upon his death; however, the Parties acknowledge the effect of such breach or death on any outstanding stock options or stock awards held by Ivy will be resolved by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were granted or awarded pursuant to Articles 1.9 and 1.10 of this Agreement.

     1.4 Position and Duties.

          (a) Position. During the period January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2005, Ivy will continue in his current executive position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Trinity. Effective mid-March, Ivy will begin his gradual retirement transition serving Trinity in a reduced non-executive capacity as Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of Trinity, with duties and responsibilities, as well as administrative office support, that are appropriate to such position and as shall be determined from time-to-time by the Chief Executive Officer of Trinity.

          (b) Duties. Ivy’s duties as Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer shall include those matters determined by Trinity’s Chief Executive Officer which may include: (i) communications with the investment community; (ii) business development; and, (iii) any other special projects or other duties which the Parties agree are typical of such position (collectively hereinafter “Special Projects”).

     1.5 Commitment and Compensation.

          Through the term of this Agreement, Ivy shall devote sufficient business time as set forth hereinafter as commitment, and shall use his best efforts in, the performance of his Special Projects hereunder and Trinity agrees to compensate Ivy on a reduced schedule as set forth hereinafter. Prior to Trinity declaring Ivy in breach of this Agreement for failure to meet any “commitment” contained herein, Trinity will give Ivy written notice and an opportunity to cure.

          (a) January 1, 2005 through April 30, 2005. For the period January 1, through April 30, 2005, Trinity agrees to pay Ivy his current base rate of pay in exchange for


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 2

 


 

Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects on a regular, full-time basis.

          (b) May 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005. For the period May 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005, Trinity shall pay Ivy the semi-monthly rate of Ten Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($10,000.00) (60% of his 2005 base rate) in exchange for Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 36 days per quarter, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (c) October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005. For the period October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, Trinity shall pay Ivy the semi-monthly of Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Six and 67/100ths Dollars ($6,666.67) (40% of his 2005 base rate) in exchange for Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 24 days, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (d) January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. For the period January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, Trinity shall pay Ivy the semi-monthly rate of Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Three and 34/100ths Dollars ($3,333.34) (20% of his 2005 base rate) in exchange for Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 50 days, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (e) January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. For the period January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, Trinity shall pay Ivy the semi-monthly of One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Six and 67/100ths Dollars ($1,666.67) (10% of his 2005 base rate) in exchange for Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects “as needed”; provided, however, any work on an “as needed” basis will be by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

          (f) January 1, 2008 through June 30, , 2008. For the period December 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008, Trinity shall pay Ivy the semi-monthly rate of Nine Hundred Eight Five and 84/100ths Dollars ($985.84) (5+% of his 2005 base rate) in exchange Ivy’s commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects “as needed”; provided, however, any work on an “as needed” basis will be by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

     1.6 Additional Per Diem Compensation. If, at the direction of Trinity’s Chief Executive Officer, Ivy performs work for Trinity in excess of the stipulated availability commitments contained in Article 1.5 (a-d), or work performed “as needed” in Article 1.5 (e-f), Trinity agrees to pay Ivy the gross sum of One Thousand Six Hundred and No/100ths Dollars ($1,600.00) per day.

     1.7 Employee Benefits. During 2005, Ivy will continue to be eligible for executive benefits, including participation in the Executive Perquisite Program dated January 1, 2004, the Calendar Year 2005 Incentive Compensation Program, and the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, as well as standard employee benefits, but excluding vacation pay. Beginning in 2006 and continuing through the remainder of the term of this Agreement, Ivy will only be eligible to participate in the health and retirement plans of Trinity. Ivy acknowledges and agrees employee


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 3

 


 

benefits provided by these plans may be added, discontinued, amended or modified during the term of this Agreement at the sole discretion of Trinity.

     1.8 Travel and Other Business Expenses. Trinity agrees to reimburse Ivy customary and reasonable travel expenses and other business expenses for like executives directly attributable to the performance of the Special Projects work under this Agreement, pursuant to Trinity Operating Procedure No. B-11.

     1.9 Incentive Stock Option Grants and Non-Qualified Stock Option Grants (“ISO’s and NQSO’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the ISO’s and NQSO’s granted to Ivy will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were granted, and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the ISO’s and NQSO’s. From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Ivy and Trinity may agree to modify an option agreement in order that an ISO may be converted to a NQSO, and Trinity agrees it will not unreasonably deny such a request. Exhibit A, attached hereto, sets forth a listing of all ISO’s and NQSO’s granted to Ivy as of the effective date of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there is no intention by Trinity to grant any additional ISO’s or NQSO’s to Ivy during the term of this Agreement; however, Trinity may make such a grant in recognition of special circumstances.

     1.10 Restricted Stock Awards (“RSA’s”) and Restricted Stock Unit Awards (“RSUA’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the RSA’s and RSUA’s awarded to Ivy will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were awarded, and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the RSA’s or RSUA’s. Exhibit B, attached hereto, sets forth a listing of all RSA’s and RSUA’s awarded to Ivy as of the effective date of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there is no intention by Trinity to award any additional RSA’s or RSUA’s to Ivy during the term of this Agreement; however, Trinity may make such an award in recognition of special circumstances.

ARTICLE 2

Confidentiality and Injunctive Relief.

     2.1 Confidential Information. During the term of this Agreement, Ivy will continue to be privy to confidential information and trade secrets of Trinity (“the Confidential Information”), including, but not limited to: (a) information regarding Trinity’s customers; (b) information regarding Trinity’s financial disposition and investments; and (b) information related to its businesses. Ivy understands, acknowledges and agrees the Confidential Information gives Trinity a competitive advantage over others who do not have such information and Trinity would be harmed if the Confidential Information were disclosed. Ivy agrees that he will hold the Confidential Information in trust and confidence for Trinity and will not: (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose (other than for the benefit of Trinity); or (ii) disclose to any person or entity the Confidential Information (except as necessary to carry out his duties under this


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 4

 


 

Agreement). Ivy further agrees to take reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and prevent its disclosure to unauthorized persons.

     2.2 Injunctive Relief. Ivy consents and agrees that if he were to violate Article 2.1, Trinity would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies that Trinity may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4.4 below, Trinity shall be entitled to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for an injunction restraining Ivy or any other party from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

General Release, Covenant Not to Sue and No Admission of Liability

     3.1 General Release. In exchange for Trinity’s agreement to provide Ivy the employment, compensation and other consideration described in Article 1 of his Agreement, Ivy hereby IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASES, ACQUITS, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES, for himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and assigns, Trinity and its current and former subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, successors, assigns, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, supervisors, attorneys, agents and representatives (“the Released Parties”), from any and all claims, complaints, grievances, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, damages, causes of action, rights, debts, demands, controversies, costs, losses, interest, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) whatsoever, other than any arising under this Agreement, and demands of every kind or nature whatsoever which he now has or may have or assert, growing out of or pertaining to, any transactions, dealings, employment, conduct, acts or omissions, or other matters or things arising from Ivy’s relationship with Trinity occurring or existing at any time on or prior to the date of this Agreement. To the extent allowed by law, Ivy waives any and all rights and claims which he has or may have against Trinity under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the American with Disabilities Act, as amended, the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, or any other state, municipal or federal statutes, regulations or executive orders, including any and all causes of action recognized at common law and/or public policy of the United States of America and/or the State of Texas.

     3.2 Covenant Not to Sue. Except for any actions necessary to enforce this Agreement, Ivy hereby warrants and promises neither Ivy nor any agent or legal representative of Ivy has filed, or will file or initiate, a lawsuit against Trinity or the Released Parties in any federal, state or local forum as to any claim or dispute released under this Agreement. If Ivy or anyone acting on his behalf, including any federal, state, county or municipal agency or entity, files any administrative claim or charge pertaining to Ivy’s employment with Trinity or relating to any claim released under this Agreement, Ivy hereby agrees to disclaim and waive any claim for damages of any nature, including wages, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 5

 


 

     3.3 No Admission of Liability. Ivy does hereby acknowledge and promise that, although there is included in the foregoing the full, complete and final settlement and satisfaction of all claims, demands and charges of every nature growing out of those matters involved in each and every aspect of his employment relationship with Trinity, these facts shall in no manner be deemed an admission, finding or indication — for any purpose whatsoever — that Trinity or the Released Parties have, at any time (including the present) or in any respect, contrary to law or to the rights of any person, violated the rights of Ivy or any other person.

ARTICLE 4

Miscellaneous

     4.1 Amendment Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded or canceled, and any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the Parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party to this Agreement at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right to enforce the same. No waiver by any party to this Agreement of any condition contained in this Agreement, or of the breach of any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach, or as a waiver of any other condition or of the breach of any other term, provision or covenant.

     4.2 Governing Law and Severability. Ivy acknowledges and agrees the terms and conditions of this Agreement are contractual and not a mere recital. Ivy further agrees and acknowledges that the validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, unless preempted by federal law, and that if any provision contained herein should be determined by any court or administrative agency to be illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or otherwise contrary to public policy, the validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal or invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

     4.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties hereto with respect to Ivy’s employment, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained, which shall be deemed terminated effective immediately.

     4.4 Dispute Resolution. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be exclusively and finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the then current Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and any party may submit such dispute, controversy or claim to arbitration. Each party may elect one arbitrator and the Parties shall mutually select a third arbitrator, and all three arbitrators shall determine the dispute,


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 6

 


 

controversy or claim by a majority vote. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16 to the exclusion of any provision of state law inconsistent therewith or which would produce a different result, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. The arbitration shall be held in Dallas, Texas.

     4.5 Voluntary Consent. By signing this Agreement, Ivy acknowledges: (a) he has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and their import; (b) any and all questions regarding the terms of this Agreement have been asked and answered to his complete satisfaction; (c) he has had at least 21 days to consider the terms and effects of this Agreement (“the Consideration Period”) and has either considered it for that period of time or has knowingly and voluntarily waived his right to do so; (d) he may revoke this Agreement by sending written notice to TIMOTHY R. WALLACE, CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207, so as to be received within seven (7) days of Ivy’s signing of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”); (e) the receipt of the consideration described in this Agreement is expressly conditioned on his signing of this Agreement and the expiration of the mandatory Revocation Period, without revocation by Ivy; (f) he has been given the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his own choosing regarding the terms of this Agreement and encouraged to do so; and, (g) he is entering into this Agreement voluntarily, of his own free will, and without any coercion, undue influence, threat, or intimidation of any kind or type whatsoever.

     NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Ivy signs this Agreement on this 3rd day of March, 2005.

JIM S. IVY

/s/ Jim S. Ivy
Jim S. Ivy

     NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Timothy R. Wallace executes this Agreement on behalf of Trinity Industries, Inc. this 3rd day of March, 2005.

     
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
   
by:
  /s/ Timothy R. Wallace
  Timothy R. Wallace,
  its Chairman, President and CEO,
  on behalf of said corporation.


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 7

 

EX-10.24 9 d22977exv10w24.htm RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT - JOHN L. ADAMS exv10w24
 

EXHIBIT 10.24

RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT

     This RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT (hereinafter “this Agreement”) is entered into by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “Trinity”), and John L. Adams (hereinafter “Adams”), effective this 14th day of December 2004. Trinity and Adams are collectively hereinafter referred to as “the Parties.”

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, during late 2003, Adams notified Trinity of his intent to begin a gradual transition towards a 2009 retirement;

     WHEREAS, as part of Trinity’s longstanding succession plan, the Parties agreed to begin Adams’ phased retirement transition on January 1, 2005;

     WHEREAS, on July 1, 2005, Adams will relinquish his position as Executive Vice President and assume a non-executive role as Vice Chairman, reporting to Trinity’s Chief Executive Officer;

     WHEREAS, Trinity recognizes Adams has certain knowledge, skills and business acumen that will be beneficial for a variety of special projects, business development and investment community communication;

     WHEREAS, Trinity desires to assure itself of the services of Adams for the period provided in this Agreement, and Adams desires to serve in the employ of Trinity on the terms and conditions hereinafter provided; and,

     WHEREAS, in order to induce Adams to faithfully and diligently perform his duties and transfer his business knowledge to others at Trinity during his retirement transition, Trinity has agreed to provide Adams certain compensation and management arrangements as set forth in this Agreement;

     WHEREAS, the Parties also desire to settle fully and finally, in the manner set forth herein, all differences between them which have arisen, or which may arise, prior to, or at the time of, the execution of this Agreement, including any and all claims and controversies arising out of the employment relationship between Adams and Trinity prior to the effective date of this Agreement.


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 1

 


 

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the Parties promise and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

     1.1 Employment. Trinity hereby employs Adams, and Adams hereby accepts employment by Trinity, for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

     1.2 Term. Subject to the provisions hereof, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the effective date and shall end on August 31, 2009, at which time Adams’ retirement shall commence and this Agreement shall terminate.

     1.3 Early Termination. This Agreement and the payments hereunder shall terminate on the date Adams breaches this Agreement or upon his death; however, the Parties acknowledge the effect of such breach or death on any outstanding stock options or stock awards held by Adams will be resolved by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were granted or awarded pursuant to Articles 1.9 and 1.10 of this Agreement.

     1.4 Position and Duties.

          (a) Position. During the period January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005, Adams will continue in his current position as Executive Vice President of Trinity. Effective July 1, 2005, Adams will begin his gradual retirement transition serving Trinity in a reduced capacity as Vice Chairman reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of Trinity, with duties and responsibilities, as well as administrative office support, that are appropriate to such position and as shall be determined from time-to-time by the Chief Executive Officer of Trinity.

          (b) Duties. Adams’ duties as Vice Chairman shall include those matters determined by Trinity’s Chief Executive Officer which may include: (i) communications with the investment community; (ii) business development; and, (iii) any other special projects or other duties which the Parties agree are typical of such position (collectively hereinafter “Special Projects”).

     1.5 Commitment and Compensation.

          Through the term of this Agreement, Adams shall devote sufficient business time as set forth hereinafter as “commitment”, and shall use his best efforts in, the performance of his Special Projects hereunder and Trinity agrees to compensate Adams on a reduced schedule as set forth hereinafter. Prior to Trinity declaring Adams in breach of this Agreement for failure to meet any “commitment” contained herein, Trinity will give Adams written notice and an opportunity to cure.

          (a) January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005. For the period January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005, Trinity agrees to pay Adams his current base rate of pay (80% of his


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 2

 


 

2003 base rate) in exchange for Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 48 days per quarter, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (b) July 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005. For the period July 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005, Trinity shall pay Adams the semi-monthly rate of Thirteen Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and No/100ths Dollars ($13,750.00) (60% of his 2003 base rate) in exchange for Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 36 days, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (c) October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005. For the period October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, Trinity shall pay Adams the semi-monthly of Nine Thousand One Hundred Sixty Six and 67/100ths Dollars ($9,166.67) (40% of his 2003 base rate) in exchange for Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 24 days, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (d) January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. For the period January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, Trinity shall pay Adams the semi-monthly rate of Four Thousand Five Hundred Eight Three and 34/100ths Dollars ($4,583.34) (20% of his 2003 base rate) in exchange for Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects for 50 days, equally apportioned over each month unless the Parties agree otherwise.

          (e) January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. For the period January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, Trinity shall pay Adams the semi-monthly of Two Thousand Two Hundred Ninety One and 67/100ths Dollars ($2,291.67) (10% of his 2003 base rate) in exchange for Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects “as needed”; provided, however, any work on an “as needed” basis will be by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

          (f) January 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009. For the period December 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009, Trinity shall pay Adams the semi-monthly rate of One Thousand One Hundred Forty Five and 84/100ths Dollars ($1,145.84) (5% of his 2003 base rate) in exchange Adams’ commitment to make himself available to Trinity for Special Projects “as needed”; provided, however, any work on an “as needed” basis will be by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

     1.6 Additional Per Diem Compensation. If, at the direction of Trinity’s Chief Executive Officer, Adams performs work for Trinity in excess of the stipulated availability commitments contained in Article 1.5 (a-d), or work performed “as needed” in Article 1.5 (e-f), Trinity agrees to pay Adams the gross sum of Two Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($2,000.00) per day.

     1.7 Employee Benefits. During 2005, Adams will continue to be eligible for executive benefits, including participation in the Executive Perquisite Program dated January 1, 2004, the Calendar Year 2005 Incentive Compensation Program, and the 2005 Deferred


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 3

 


 

Compensation Plan, as well as standard employee benefits, but excluding vacation pay. Beginning in 2006 and continuing through the remainder of the term of this Agreement, Adams will only be eligible to participate in the health and retirement plans of Trinity. Adams acknowledges and agrees employee benefits provided by these plans may be added, discontinued, amended or modified during the term of this Agreement at the sole discretion of Trinity.

     1.8 Travel and Other Business Expenses. Trinity agrees to reimburse Adams customary and reasonable travel expenses and other business expenses for like executives directly attributable to the performance of the Special Projects work under this Agreement, pursuant to Trinity Operating Procedure No. B-11.

     1.9 Incentive Stock Option Grants and Non-Qualified Stock Option Grants (“ISO’s and NQSO’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the ISO’s and NQSO’s granted to Adams will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were granted, and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the ISO’s and NQSO’s. From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Adams and Trinity may agree to modify an option agreement in order that an ISO may be converted to a NQSO, and Trinity agrees it will not unreasonably deny such a request. Exhibit A, attached hereto, sets forth a listing of all ISO’s and NQSO’s granted to Adams as of the effective date of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there is no intention by Trinity to grant any additional ISO’s or NQSO’s to Adams during the term of this Agreement; however, Trinity may make such a grant in recognition of special circumstances.

     1.10 Restricted Stock Awards (“RSA’s”) and Restricted Stock Unit Awards (“RSUA’s”). The Parties acknowledge and agree the RSA’s and RSUA’s awarded to Adams will be governed by the express language, terms and conditions of the plan(s) under which they were awarded, and the Parties agree nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to modify or in any way whatsoever change the RSA’s or RSUA’s. Exhibit B, attached hereto, sets forth a listing of all RSA’s and RSUA’s awarded to Adams as of the effective date of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there is no intention by Trinity to award any additional RSA’s or RSUA’s to Adams during the term of this Agreement; however, Trinity may make such an award in recognition of special circumstances.

ARTICLE 2

Confidentiality and Injunctive Relief.

     2.1 Confidential Information. During the term of this Agreement, Adams will continue to be privy to confidential information and trade secrets of Trinity (“the Confidential Information”), including, but not limited to: (a) information regarding Trinity’s customers; (b) information regarding Trinity’s financial disposition and investments; and (b) information related to its businesses. Adams understands, acknowledges and agrees the Confidential Information gives Trinity a competitive advantage over others who do not have such information and Trinity would be harmed if the Confidential Information were disclosed. Adams agrees that he will hold the Confidential Information in trust and confidence for Trinity and will not: (i) use the


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 4

 


 

Confidential Information for any purpose (other than for the benefit of Trinity); or (ii) disclose to any person or entity the Confidential Information (except as necessary to carry out his duties under this Agreement). Adams further agrees to take reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and prevent its disclosure to unauthorized persons.

     2.2 Injunctive Relief. Adams consents and agrees that if he were to violate Article 2.1, Trinity would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies that Trinity may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4.4 below, Trinity shall be entitled to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for an injunction restraining Adams or any other party from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

General Release, Covenant Not to Sue and No Admission of Liability

     3.1 General Release. In exchange for Trinity’s agreement to provide Adams the employment, compensation and other consideration described in Article 1 of his Agreement, Adams hereby IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASES, ACQUITS, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES, for himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and assigns, Trinity and its current and former subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, successors, assigns, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, supervisors, attorneys, agents and representatives (“the Released Parties”), from any and all claims, complaints, grievances, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, damages, causes of action, rights, debts, demands, controversies, costs, losses, interest, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) whatsoever, other than any arising under this Agreement, and demands of every kind or nature whatsoever which he now has or may have or assert, growing out of or pertaining to, any transactions, dealings, employment, conduct, acts or omissions, or other matters or things arising from Adams’ relationship with Trinity occurring or existing at any time on or prior to the date of this Agreement. To the extent allowed by law, Adams waives any and all rights and claims which he has or may have against Trinity under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the American with Disabilities Act, as amended, the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, or any other state, municipal or federal statutes, regulations or executive orders, including any and all causes of action recognized at common law and/or public policy of the United States of America and/or the State of Texas.

     3.2 Covenant Not to Sue. Except for any actions necessary to enforce this Agreement, Adams hereby warrants and promises neither Adams nor any agent or legal representative of Adams has filed, or will file or initiate, a lawsuit against Trinity or the Released Parties in any federal, state or local forum as to any claim or dispute released under this Agreement. If Adams or anyone acting on his behalf, including any federal, state, county or municipal agency or entity, files any administrative claim or charge pertaining to Adams’ employment with Trinity or relating to any claim released under this Agreement, Adams hereby


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 5

 


 

agrees to disclaim and waive any claim for damages of any nature, including wages, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.

     3.3 No Admission of Liability. Adams does hereby acknowledge and promise that, although there is included in the foregoing the full, complete and final settlement and satisfaction of all claims, demands and charges of every nature growing out of those matters involved in each and every aspect of his employment relationship with Trinity, these facts shall in no manner be deemed an admission, finding or indication — for any purpose whatsoever — that Trinity or the Released Parties have, at any time (including the present) or in any respect, contrary to law or to the rights of any person, violated the rights of Adams or any other person.

ARTICLE 4

Miscellaneous

     4.1 Amendment Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded or canceled, and any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the Parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party to this Agreement at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right to enforce the same. No waiver by any party to this Agreement of any condition contained in this Agreement, or of the breach of any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach, or as a waiver of any other condition or of the breach of any other term, provision or covenant.

     4.2 Governing Law and Severability. Adams acknowledges and agrees the terms and conditions of this Agreement are contractual and not a mere recital. Adams further agrees and acknowledges that the validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, unless preempted by federal law, and that if any provision contained herein should be determined by any court or administrative agency to be illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or otherwise contrary to public policy, the validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal or invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

     4.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties hereto with respect to Adams’ employment, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained, which shall be deemed terminated effective immediately.

     4.4 Dispute Resolution. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be exclusively and finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the then current


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 6

 


 

Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and any party may submit such dispute, controversy or claim to arbitration. Each party may elect one arbitrator and the Parties shall mutually select a third arbitrator, and all three arbitrators shall determine the dispute, controversy or claim by a majority vote. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16 to the exclusion of any provision of state law inconsistent therewith or which would produce a different result, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. The arbitration shall be held in Dallas, Texas.

     4.5 Voluntary Consent. By signing this Agreement, Adams acknowledges: (a) he has read this Agreement and fully understands its terms and their import; (b) any and all questions regarding the terms of this Agreement have been asked and answered to his complete satisfaction; (c) he has had at least 21 days to consider the terms and effects of this Agreement (“the Consideration Period”) and has either considered it for that period of time or has knowingly and voluntarily waived his right to do so; (d) he may revoke this Agreement by sending written notice to TIMOTHY R. WALLACE, CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207, so as to be received within seven (7) days of Adams’ signing of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”); (e) the receipt of the consideration described in this Agreement is expressly conditioned on his signing of this Agreement and the expiration of the mandatory Revocation Period, without revocation by Adams; (f) he has been given the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his own choosing regarding the terms of this Agreement and encouraged to do so; and, (g) he is entering into this Agreement voluntarily, of his own free will, and without any coercion, undue influence, threat, or intimidation of any kind or type whatsoever.

     NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Adams signs this Agreement on this 3rd day of March, 2005.

JOHN L. ADAMS

/s/ John L. Adams
John L. Adams

     NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Timothy R. Wallace executes this Agreement on behalf of Trinity Industries, Inc. this 3rd day of March, 2005.

     
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
   
by:
  /s/ Timothy R. Wallace
 
  Timothy R. Wallace
  its Chairman, President and CEO,
  on behalf of said corporation.


(RETIREMENT TRANSITION AGREEMENT LOGO)Retirement Transition Agreement — Page 7

 

EX-10.25 10 d22977exv10w25.htm PERQUISITE PLAN exv10w25
 

EXHIBIT 10.25

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE PERQUISITE PROGRAM

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this Executive Perquisite Program (the “Program”) is to provide a consistent and competitive level of perquisites and benefits to top level executives of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) by providing a monthly cash perquisite allowance (the “Perquisite Allowance”). Specifically, the Perquisite Allowance is to be used at the discretion of the executive for (i) expenses related to the use of executive’s personal automobile for business purposes and for the first 10,000 business miles, (ii) country club, health club, dinner or luncheon club, or airport club dues and fees, and (iii) other perquisite type expenses such as financial planning, income tax preparation and home security. The Program does not preclude reimbursement of normal business expenses such as business meals at a club and business use of a personal automobile beyond 10,000 business miles.

It is intended that the Perquisite Allowance will eliminate charges to the Company of personal benefits for the executives that are not provided to Company employees generally other than occasional de minimis items such as the use of Company tickets to entertainment events. The Perquisite Allowance is not intended to cover personal use of the Company’s aircraft.

II. ELIGIBILITY

Corporate officers, operating presidents and certain other executives as approved from time to time will be eligible to participate in the Program.

III. VALUE

Each participant will receive a Perquisite Allowance of 7.5% of their base pay payable at the end of the month. The Perquisite Allowance will increase to 10% of the executive’s base pay when the Company’s annual earnings exceed $1 a share and it is forecast that annual earnings will remain above that level for the next year.

IV. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

The Program may be terminated or amended at any time by the Company. Notification of termination or amendment will be given to the then Participants. If the Program is terminated during a Plan Year, payment will be prorated to the date of termination. The Company’s decision relative to such payment shall be final and binding on all parties.

 


 

V. EFFECTIVE DATE

The terms of the Program as described herein are effective commencing January 1, 2004 and will continue until cancelled or changed by the Company.

VI. NO CONTRACT

Nothing in the Program shall be deemed by implication, conduct of the parties, or otherwise to constitute a contract of employment or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any of its operating units to terminate an executive’s employment at any time.

VII. PAYMENTS

Payments made pursuant to the Program will not be considered for purposes of calculating benefits under any Company Retirement Plan.

 


 

     
 
AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE  

It is assumed that the first $6,000 paid under the Executive Perquisite Program relates to an Automobile Allowance.

As a condition of the Automobile Allowance, an executive will be expected to use his or her personal vehicle for business purposes. Therefore, Trinity will require that the following conditions be met:

  1.   Each executive is required to carry auto liability insurance with limits not less than $250,000 for bodily injury to any one person, $500,000 for bodily injury each accident and $100,000 property damage each accident or $500,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. A current certificate of insurance or a copy of the declaration page showing insurance limits must be provided to Risk Management. If this requires an adjustment in the executive’s existing coverage then the executive must obtain it at the next renewal.
 
  2.   In order to receive the $500 monthly allowance an executive must have a four door vehicle suitable for business use. This does not mean the executive must drive a four door vehicle every day. If an executive does not have a four door vehicle available the executive will forfeit $6,000 of the Perquisite Allowance.
 
  3.   The vehicle must be maintained in good operating condition and kept clean inside and out.
 
  4.   Mileage reimbursement will not be allowed for the first 10,000 business miles driven in a year. If the executive expects to drive over 10,000 business miles in a year, the executive will need to maintain a log of business miles showing point of origin, destination and business purpose. For business miles driven above 10,000 miles, the executive may claim reimbursement at the standard mileage rate.

 

EX-12 11 d22977exv12.htm COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES exv12
 

EXHIBIT 12
Trinity Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Computation of Ratio of Earnings To Fixed Charges
                                           
    For the Year Ended   Nine Months    
    December 31,   Ended   Year Ended
        December 31,   March 31,
    2004   2003   2002   2001   2001
                     
    (in millions)        
Earnings:
                                       
Earnings (loss) before provision for income taxes
  $ (15.1 )   $ (14.3 )   $ (24.4 )   $ (40.5 )   $ (116.3 )
Add: Total fixed charges
    60.4       45.7       46.2       26.8       32.7  
                               
Total earnings before provision for income taxes
  $ 45.3     $ 31.4     $ 21.8     $ (13.7 )   $ (83.6 )
                               
Fixed Charges:
                                       
 
Interest expense
  $ 42.8     $ 34.9     $ 36.3     $ 21.7     $ 28.9  
 
Portion of rental expense representative of interest
    17.6       10.8       9.9       5.1       3.8  
                               
Total Fixed Charges
  $ 60.4     $ 45.7     $ 46.2     $ 26.8     $ 32.7  
                               
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    0.75       0.69       0.47       (0.51 )     (2.56 )
                               
Footnote:
(a) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the nine months ended December 31, 2001 and the year ended March 31, 2001. The deficiencies for those periods were $15.1 million, $14.3 million $24.4 million, $40.5 million and $116.3 million, respectively.
EX-21 12 d22977exv21.htm LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES exv21
 

EXHIBIT 21
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004
                       
    Organized   Ownership
Name of Subsidiary   Under Laws of   Percentage
         
Apromat, S.A. — Arad
    Romania       50%  
Astra Vagoane Arad, S.A.
    Romania       96%  
ICPV, S.A. — Arad
    Romania       89%  
International Industrial Indemnity Company
    Vermont       100%  
Reunion General Agency, Inc. 
    Texas       100%  
Syro, Inc. 
    Ohio       100%  
Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company
    Delaware       100%  
 
Transit Mix Concrete — Baytown, Inc. 
    Texas       100%  
 
Transit Mix Transportation Services, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Co. of Louisiana
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Argentina S.R.L. 
    Argentina       100%  
Trinity EE, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Equipment Co., Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Fittings Group, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Industries Buffalo, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Industries International, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Industries International Holdings AG
    Switzerland       100%  
 
Administradora Especializada, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
 
Grupo Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
   
Trinity Ind. de México, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
   
OFE, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
   
Asistencia Profesional Corporativa, S.de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
 
Servicios Corporativos Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
 
Trinity Industries do Brasil, Ltda. 
    Brazil       100%  
 
Trinity Industries GmbH
    Switzerland       100%  
   
Wagonmarket, spol. s r.o. 
    Slovak Republic       100%  
Trinity Industries Leasing Company
    Delaware       100%  
 
Transport Capital, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
 
Trinity Financial Services, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
 
Trinity Marks Company
    Delaware       100%  
 
TILX GP II, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing II L.P. 
    Texas       1%  
 
TILX LP II, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing II L.P. 
    Texas       99%  
     
Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II
    Delaware       100%  
 
TILX GP III, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P. 
    Texas       1%  
 
TILX LP III, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P. 
    Texas       99%  
 
TILC Equity OP GP III-C, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-C L.P. 
    Texas       1%  


 

                       
    Organized   Ownership
Name of Subsidiary   Under Laws of   Percentage
         
 
TILC Equity OP LP III-C, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-C L.P. 
    Texas       99%  
 
TILC Equity OP GP III-D, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-D, L.P. 
    Texas       1%  
 
TILC Equity OP LP III-D, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-D, L.P. 
    Texas       99%  
 
Trinity Marine Leasing, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
 
TILX GP IV, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing IV LP
    Texas       1%  
 
TILX LP IV, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing IV LP
    Texas       99%  
Trinity Industries Real Properties, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Industries Transportation, Inc. 
    Texas       100%  
Trinity Marine Products, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Materials, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Mining Services, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Rail Group, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
 
Trinity Rail de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. 
    Mexico       100%  
 
Thrall Vagonka Studénka, a.s. 
    Czech Republic       95%  
 
Thrall International Holdings LLC
    Illinois       100%  
   
Trinity Rail UK
    Engl. & Wales       100%  
   
Thrall Car Grantor Corporation
    Delaware       100%  
 
Thrall Company
    Delaware       100%  
   
Rail Project, s r.o. 
    Slovak Republic       100%  
 
Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
DIFCO, Inc. 
    Ohio       100%  
 
Trinity Metals, s r.o. 
    Czech Republic       100%  
 
Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
McConway & Torley Corporation
    Pennsylvania       100%  
     
McConway & Torley — Anniston, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
Standard Forged Products, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
Trinity Railcar Repair, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
 
Trinity Rail GmbH
    Switzerland       100%  
 
Trinity Tank Car, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
Trinity Rail, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
 
Trinity Rail Management, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
TILX GP I, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
     
Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P. 
    Texas       1%  
   
TILX LP I, LLC
    Delaware       100%  
     
Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P. 
    Texas       99%  
Trinity Structural Towers, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
TRN Investment Company, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
 
TRN, Inc. 
    Delaware       100%  
   
TRN Business Trust
    Delaware       100%  
EX-31.1 13 d22977exv31w1.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO exv31w1
 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Timothy R. Wallace, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
      1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trinity Industries, Inc.;
      2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
      3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
      4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
        (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
        (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
        (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
        (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
      5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
        (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
        (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
  /s/ Timothy R. Wallace
 
 
  Timothy R. Wallace
  Chairman, President and
  Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 9, 2005
EX-31.2 14 d22977exv31w2.htm CERTIFICATION OF CFO exv31w2
 

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Jim S. Ivy, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
      1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trinity Industries, Inc.;
      2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
      3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
      4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
        (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
        (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
        (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
        (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
      5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
        (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
        (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
  /s/ Jim S. Ivy
 
 
  Jim S. Ivy
  Senior Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 9, 2005
EX-32.1 15 d22977exv32w1.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 exv32w1
 

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
      In connection with the Annual Report of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Timothy R. Wallace, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
  /s/ Timothy R. Wallace
 
 
  Timothy R. Wallace
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
March 9, 2005
      A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
EX-32.2 16 d22977exv32w2.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 exv32w2
 

EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
      In connection with the Annual Report of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jim S. Ivy, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
        (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
        (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
  /s/ Jim S. Ivy
 
 
  Jim S. Ivy
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
March 9, 2005
      A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request
GRAPHIC 17 d22977d2297700.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 d22977d2297700.gif M1TE&.#EA"0`+`/<``````#DY.4)"0DI*2E)24EI:6FMK:W-SX2$A(R, MC*6EI:VMK;6UM;V]O<[.SM;6UN?GY^_O[_?W]_______________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M____________________________________________________________ M_____________________RP`````"0`+```(1@`G1)`P,()!"102*ER8T,&" M"0LC$```0``$"A$>"`C`,<"`!AD/'�`$&"!@D1`!AP`$`!B`D;&#B0@&%" *F#87/LB9,"``.S\_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----